org-mode/org

7535 lines
321 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
This is org, produced by makeinfo version 4.8 from org.texi.
INFO-DIR-SECTION Emacs
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* Org Mode: (org). Outline-based notes management and organizer
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
2008-01-31 05:34:55 -05:00
This manual is for Org-mode (version 4.79).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
being "A GNU Manual," and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a)
below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
"GNU Free Documentation License."
(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You have freedom to copy and
modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by
the Free Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development."

File: org, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Prev: (dir), Up: (dir)
Org Mode Manual
***************
2008-01-31 05:34:55 -05:00
This manual is for Org-mode (version 4.79).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
being "A GNU Manual," and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a)
below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
"GNU Free Documentation License."
(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You have freedom to copy and
modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by
the Free Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development."
* Menu:
* Introduction:: Getting started
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
* Document structure:: A tree works like your brain
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Tables:: Pure magic for quick formatting
* Hyperlinks:: Notes in context
* TODO items:: Every tree branch can be a TODO item
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
* Tags:: Tagging headlines and matching sets of tags
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* Timestamps:: Assign date and time to items
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
* Agenda views:: Collecting information into views
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* Embedded LaTeX:: LaTeX fragments and formulas
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Exporting:: Sharing and publishing of notes
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
* Publishing:: Create a web site of linked Org-mode files
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Miscellaneous:: All the rest which did not fit elsewhere
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* Extensions and Hacking:: It is possible to write add-on code
* History and Acknowledgments:: How Org-mode came into being
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Index:: The fast road to specific information
* Key Index:: Key bindings and where they are described
--- The Detailed Node Listing ---
Introduction
* Summary:: Brief summary of what Org-mode does
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
* Installation:: How to install a downloaded version of Org-mode
* Activation:: How to activate Org-mode for certain buffers.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Feedback:: Bug reports, ideas, patches etc.
2008-01-31 05:31:19 -05:00
Document Structure
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Outlines:: Org-mode is based on outline-mode
* Headlines:: How to typeset org-tree headlines
* Visibility cycling:: Show and hide, much simplified
* Motion:: Jumping to other headlines
* Structure editing:: Changing sequence and level of headlines
* Archiving:: Move done task trees to a different place
* Sparse trees:: Matches embedded in context
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
* Plain lists:: Additional structure within an entry
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
Archiving
* ARCHIVE tag:: Marking a tree as inactive
* Moving subtrees:: Moving a tree to an archive file
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Tables
* Built-in table editor:: Simple tables
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
* Narrow columns:: Stop wasting space in tables
2008-01-31 05:34:46 -05:00
* Column groups:: Grouping to trigger vertical lines
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* orgtbl-mode:: The table editor as minor mode
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* The spreadsheet:: The table editor has spreadsheet capabilities.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
The spreadsheet
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* References:: How to refer to another field or range
* Formula syntax for Calc:: Using Calc to compute stuff
* Formula syntax for Lisp:: Writing formulas in Emacs Lisp
* Field formulas:: Formulas valid for a single field
* Column formulas:: Formulas valid for an entire column
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* Editing and debugging formulas:: Fixing formulas
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* Updating the table:: Recomputing all dependent fields
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Advanced features:: Field names, parameters and automatic recalc
Hyperlinks
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
* Link format:: How links in Org-mode are formatted
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
* Internal links:: Links to other places in the current file
* External links:: URL-like links to the world
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
* Handling links:: Creating, inserting and following
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* Link abbreviations:: Shortcuts for writing complex links
2008-01-31 05:31:19 -05:00
* Search options:: Linking to a specific location
* Custom searches:: When the default search is not enough
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Remember:: Org-trees store quick notes
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
Internal links
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Radio targets:: Make targets trigger links in plain text.
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
Remember
* Setting up remember:: Some code for .emacs to get things going
* Remember templates:: Define the outline of different note types
* Storing notes:: Directly get the note to where it belongs
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
TODO items
* TODO basics:: Marking and displaying TODO entries
* TODO extensions:: Workflow and assignments
* Priorities:: Some things are more important than others
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
* Breaking down tasks:: Splitting a task into manageable pieces
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
* Checkboxes:: Tick-off lists
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Extended use of TODO keywords
* Workflow states:: From TODO to DONE in steps
* TODO types:: I do this, Fred the rest
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* Multiple sets in one file:: Mixing it all, and still finding your way
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
* Per file keywords:: Different files, different requirements
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
Tags
* Tag inheritance:: Tags use the tree structure of the outline
* Setting tags:: How to assign tags to a headline
* Tag searches:: Searching for combinations of tags
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Timestamps
* Time stamps:: Assigning a time to a tree entry
* Creating timestamps:: Commands which insert timestamps
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* Deadlines and scheduling:: Planning your work
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
* Progress logging:: Documenting when what work was done.
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
Creating timestamps
2008-01-31 05:33:05 -05:00
* The date/time prompt:: How org-mode helps you entering date and time
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* Custom time format:: Making dates look differently
Deadlines and Scheduling
* Inserting deadline/schedule::
* Repeated tasks::
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
Progress Logging
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* Closing items:: When was this entry marked DONE?
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* Tracking TODO state changes:: When did the status change?
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
* Clocking work time:: When exactly did you work on this item?
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:19 -05:00
Agenda Views
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Agenda files:: Files being searched for agenda information
* Agenda dispatcher:: Keyboard access to agenda views
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
* Built-in agenda views:: What is available out of the box?
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* Presentation and sorting:: How agenda items are prepared for display
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Agenda commands:: Remote editing of org trees
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* Custom agenda views:: Defining special searches and views
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
The built-in agenda views
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
* Weekly/Daily agenda:: The calendar page with current tasks
* Global TODO list:: All unfinished action items
* Matching headline tags:: Structured information with fine-tuned search
* Timeline:: Time-sorted view for single file
* Stuck projects:: Find projects you need to review
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
Presentation and sorting
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Categories:: Not all tasks are equal
* Time-of-day specifications:: How the agenda knows the time
* Sorting of agenda items:: The order of things
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
Custom agenda views
* Storing searches:: Type once, use often
* Block agenda:: All the stuff you need in a single buffer
* Setting Options:: Changing the rules
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
* Exporting Agenda Views:: Writing agendas to files.
* Extracting Agenda Information for other programs::
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
Embedded LaTeX
* Math symbols:: TeX macros for symbols and Greek letters
* Subscripts and Superscripts:: Simple syntax for raising/lowering text
* LaTeX fragments:: Complex formulas made easy
* Processing LaTeX fragments:: Previewing LaTeX processing
* CDLaTeX mode:: Speed up entering of formulas
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Exporting
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* ASCII export:: Exporting to plain ASCII
* HTML export:: Exporting to HTML
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* XOXO export:: Exporting to XOXO
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* iCalendar export:: Exporting in iCalendar format
* Text interpretation:: How the exporter looks at the file
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
HTML export
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
* Export commands:: How to invoke HTML export
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* Quoting HTML tags:: Using direct HTML in Org-mode
* Links:: How hyperlinks get transferred to HTML
* Images:: To inline or not to inline?
* CSS support:: Style specifications
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
Text interpretation by the exporter
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* Comment lines:: Some lines will not be exported
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* Initial text:: Text before the first headline
2008-01-31 05:34:42 -05:00
* Footnotes:: Numbers like [1]
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* Enhancing text:: Subscripts, symbols and more
* Export options:: How to influence the export settings
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
Publishing
* Configuration:: Defining projects
* Sample configuration:: Example projects
* Triggering publication:: Publication commands
Configuration
* Project alist:: The central configuration variable
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* Sources and destinations:: From here to there
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* Selecting files:: What files are part of the project?
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
* Publishing action:: Setting the function doing the publishing
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* Publishing options:: Tweaking HTML export
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
* Publishing links:: Which links keep working after publishing?
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* Project page index:: Publishing a list of project files
Sample configuration
* Simple example:: One-component publishing
* Complex example:: A multi-component publishing example
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Miscellaneous
* Completion:: M-TAB knows what you need
* Customization:: Adapting Org-mode to your taste
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* In-buffer settings:: Overview of the #+KEYWORDS
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* The very busy C-c C-c key:: When in doubt, press C-c C-c
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Clean view:: Getting rid of leading stars in the outline
* TTY keys:: Using Org-mode on a tty
* Interaction:: Other Emacs packages
* Bugs:: Things which do not work perfectly
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
Interaction with other packages
* Cooperation:: Packages Org-mode cooperates with
* Conflicts:: Packages that lead to conflicts
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
Extensions, Hooks and Hacking
* Extensions:: Existing 3rd-part extensions
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* Tables in arbitrary syntax:: Orgtbl for LaTeX and other programs
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* Dynamic blocks:: Automatically filled blocks
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* Special agenda views:: Customized views
Tables in arbitrary syntax
* Radio tables:: Sending and receiving
* A LaTeX example:: Step by step, almost a tutorial
* Translator functions:: Copy and modify
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
File: org, Node: Introduction, Next: Document structure, Prev: Top, Up: Top
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
1 Introduction
**************
* Menu:
* Summary:: Brief summary of what Org-mode does
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
* Installation:: How to install a downloaded version of Org-mode
* Activation:: How to activate Org-mode for certain buffers.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Feedback:: Bug reports, ideas, patches etc.

2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
File: org, Node: Summary, Next: Installation, Prev: Introduction, Up: Introduction
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
1.1 Summary
===========
Org-mode is a mode for keeping notes, maintaining ToDo lists, and doing
project planning with a fast and effective plain-text system.
Org-mode develops organizational tasks around NOTES files that
2008-01-31 05:33:00 -05:00
contain lists or information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
implemented on top of outline-mode, which makes it possible to keep the
content of large files well structured. Visibility cycling and
2008-01-31 05:33:00 -05:00
structure editing help to work with the tree. Tables are easily created
with a built-in table editor. Org-mode supports ToDo items, deadlines,
time stamps, and scheduling. It dynamically compiles entries into an
agenda that utilizes and smoothly integrates much of the Emacs calendar
and diary. Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails,
Usenet messages, BBDB entries, and any files related to the projects.
For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file can be exported as a
structured ASCII file, as HTML, or (todo and agenda items only) as an
iCalendar file. It can also serve as a publishing tool for a set of
linked webpages.
An important design aspect that distinguishes Org-mode from for
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
example Planner/Muse is that it encourages to store every piece of
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
information only once. In Planner, you have project pages, day pages
and possibly other files, duplicating some information such as tasks.
In Org-mode, you only have notes files. In your notes you mark entries
2008-01-31 05:33:00 -05:00
as tasks, label them with tags and timestamps. All necessary lists
like a schedule for the day, the agenda for a meeting, tasks lists
selected by tags etc are created dynamically when you need them.
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Org-mode keeps simple things simple. When first fired up, it should
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
feel like a straightforward, easy to use outliner. Complexity is not
imposed, but a large amount of functionality is available when you need
it. Org-mode can be used on different levels and in different ways, for
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
example as:
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* outline extension with visibility cycling and structure editing
* ASCII system and table editor for taking structured notes
* ASCII table editor with spreadsheet-like capabilities
* TODO list editor
* full agenda and planner with deadlines and work scheduling
* environment to implement David Allen's GTD system
* simple hypertext system, with HTML export
* publishing tool to create a set of interlinked webpages
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
Org-mode's automatic, context sensitive table editor with spreadsheet
capabilities can be integrated into any major mode by activating the
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
minor Orgtbl-mode. Using a translation step, it can be used to maintain
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
tables in arbitrary file types, for example in LaTeX.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
There is a website for Org-mode which provides links to the newest
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
version of Org-mode, as well as additional information, frequently asked
questions (FAQ), links to tutorials etc. This page is located at
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools/org/'.

2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
File: org, Node: Installation, Next: Activation, Prev: Summary, Up: Introduction
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
1.2 Installation
================
Important: If Org-mode is part of the Emacs distribution or an XEmacs
package, please skip this section and go directly to *Note Activation::.
If you have downloaded Org-mode from the Web, you must take the
following steps to install it: Go into the Org-mode distribution
directory and edit the top section of the file `Makefile'. You must
set the name of the Emacs binary (likely either `emacs' or `xemacs'),
and the paths to the directories where local Lisp and Info files are
kept. If you don't have access to the system-wide directories, create
your own two directories for these files, enter them into the Makefile,
and make sure Emacs finds the Lisp files by adding the following line
to `.emacs':
(setq load-path (cons "~/path/to/lispdir" load-path))
XEmacs users now need to install the file `noutline.el' from the
`xemacs' subdirectory of the Org-mode distribution. Use the command:
make install-noutline
Now byte-compile and install the Lisp files with the shell commands:
make
make install
If you want to install the info documentation, use this command:
make install-info
Then add to `.emacs':
;; This line only if org-mode is not part of the X/Emacs distribution.
(require 'org-install)

File: org, Node: Activation, Next: Feedback, Prev: Installation, Up: Introduction
1.3 Activation
==============
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
Add the following lines to your `.emacs' file. The last two lines
define _global_ keys for the commands `org-store-link' and `org-agenda'
- please choose suitable keys yourself.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
;; The following lines are always needed. Choose your own keys.
(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.org$" . org-mode))
(define-key global-map "\C-cl" 'org-store-link)
(define-key global-map "\C-ca" 'org-agenda)
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
Furthermore, you must activate `font-lock-mode' in org-mode buffers,
because significant functionality depends on font-locking being active.
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
You can do this with either one of the following two lines (XEmacs
user must use the second option):
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
(global-font-lock-mode 1) ; for all buffers
(add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock) ; org-mode buffers only
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
With this setup, all files with extension `.org' will be put into
Org-mode. As an alternative, make the first line of a file look like
this:
MY PROJECTS -*- mode: org; -*-
which will select Org-mode for this buffer no matter what the file's
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
name is. See also the variable `org-insert-mode-line-in-empty-file'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
File: org, Node: Feedback, Prev: Activation, Up: Introduction
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
1.4 Feedback
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
============
If you find problems with Org-mode, or if you have questions, remarks,
or ideas about it, please contact the maintainer Carsten Dominik at
2008-01-31 05:32:56 -05:00
<dominik at science dot uva dot nl>.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
For bug reports, please provide as much information as possible,
including the version information of Emacs (`C-h v emacs-version
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
<RET>') and Org-mode (`C-h v org-version <RET>'), as well as the
2008-01-31 05:32:56 -05:00
Org-mode related setup in `.emacs'. If an error occurs, a backtrace
can be very useful (see below on how to create one). Often a small
example file helps, along with clear information about:
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
1. What exactly did you do?
2. What did you expect to happen?
3. What happened instead?
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
Thank you for helping to improve this mode.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:56 -05:00
How to create a useful backtrace
................................
If working with Org-mode produces an error with a message you don't
understand, you may have hit a bug. The best way to report this is by
providing, in addition to what was mentioned above, a _Backtrace_.
This is information from the built-in debugger about where and how the
error occurred. Here is how to produce a useful backtrace:
1. Start a fresh Emacs or XEmacs, and make sure that it will load the
original Lisp code in `org.el' instead of the compiled version in
`org.elc'. The backtrace contains much more information if it is
produced with uncompiled code. To do this, either rename `org.elc'
to something else before starting Emacs, or ask Emacs explicitly
to load `org.el' by using the command line
emacs -l /path/to/org.el
2. Go to the `Options' menu and select `Enter Debugger on Error'
(XEmacs has this option in the `Troubleshooting' sub-menu).
2008-01-31 05:33:00 -05:00
3. Do whatever you have to do to hit the error. Don't forget to
2008-01-31 05:32:56 -05:00
document the steps you take.
4. When you hit the error, a `*Backtrace*' buffer will appear on the
2008-01-31 05:33:00 -05:00
screen. Save this buffer to a file (for example using `C-x C-w')
and attach it to your bug report.
2008-01-31 05:32:56 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
File: org, Node: Document structure, Next: Tables, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2 Document Structure
********************
Org-mode is based on outline mode and provides flexible commands to
edit the structure of the document.
* Menu:
* Outlines:: Org-mode is based on outline-mode
* Headlines:: How to typeset org-tree headlines
* Visibility cycling:: Show and hide, much simplified
* Motion:: Jumping to other headlines
* Structure editing:: Changing sequence and level of headlines
* Archiving:: Move done task trees to a different place
* Sparse trees:: Matches embedded in context
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
* Plain lists:: Additional structure within an entry
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
File: org, Node: Outlines, Next: Headlines, Prev: Document structure, Up: Document structure
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2.1 Outlines
============
Org-mode is implemented on top of outline-mode. Outlines allow to
organize a document in a hierarchical structure, which (at least for
me) is the best representation of notes and thoughts. Overview over
this structure is achieved by folding (hiding) large parts of the
document to show only the general document structure and the parts
currently being worked on. Org-mode greatly simplifies the use of
outlines by compressing the entire show/hide functionality into a
single command `org-cycle', which is bound to the <TAB> key.

2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
File: org, Node: Headlines, Next: Visibility cycling, Prev: Outlines, Up: Document structure
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2.2 Headlines
=============
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
Headlines define the structure of an outline tree. The headlines in
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
Org-mode start with one or more stars, on the left margin(1). For
example:
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Top level headline
** Second level
*** 3rd level
some text
*** 3rd level
more text
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Another top level headline
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
Some people find the many stars too noisy and would prefer an outline
that has whitespace followed by a single star as headline starters.
*Note Clean view:: describes a setup to realize this.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
An empty line after the end of a subtree is considered part of it and
will be hidden when the subtree is folded. However, if you leave at
least two empty lines, one empty line will remain visible after folding
the subtree, in order to structure the collapsed view. See the
variable `org-cycle-separator-lines' for modifying this behavior.
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) See the variable `org-special-ctrl-a' to configure special
behavior of `C-a' in headlines.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
File: org, Node: Visibility cycling, Next: Motion, Prev: Headlines, Up: Document structure
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2.3 Visibility cycling
======================
Outlines make it possible to hide parts of the text in the buffer.
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
Org-mode uses just two commands, bound to <TAB> and `S-<TAB>' to change
the visibility in the buffer.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`<TAB>'
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
_Subtree cycling_: Rotate current subtree among the states
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
,-> FOLDED -> CHILDREN -> SUBTREE --.
'-----------------------------------'
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
The cursor must be on a headline for this to work(1). When the
cursor is at the beginning of the buffer and the first line is not
a headline, then <TAB> actually runs global cycling (see
below)(2). Also when called with a prefix argument (`C-u <TAB>'),
global cycling is invoked.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`S-<TAB>'
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
`C-u <TAB>'
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
_Global cycling_: Rotate the entire buffer among the states
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
,-> OVERVIEW -> CONTENTS -> SHOW ALL --.
'--------------------------------------'
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
When `S-<TAB>' is called with a numerical prefix N, the CONTENTS
view up to headlines of level N will be shown. Note that inside
tables, `S-<TAB>' jumps to the previous field.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c C-a'
2008-01-31 05:32:56 -05:00
Show all.
`C-c C-r'
Reveal context around point, showing the current entry, the
following heading and the hierarchy above. Useful for working
near a location exposed by a sparse tree command (*note Sparse
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
trees::) or an agenda command (*note Agenda commands::). With
prefix arg show, on each level, all sibling headings.
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
`C-c C-x b'
2008-01-31 05:33:26 -05:00
Show the current subtree in an indirect buffer(3). With numerical
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
prefix ARG, go up to this level and then take that tree. If ARG is
negative, go up that many levels. With `C-u' prefix, do not remove
the previously used indirect buffer.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
When Emacs first visits an Org-mode file, the global state is set to
OVERVIEW, i.e. only the top level headlines are visible. This can be
configured through the variable `org-startup-folded', or on a per-file
basis by adding one of the following lines anywhere in the buffer:
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
#+STARTUP: overview
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
#+STARTUP: content
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
#+STARTUP: showall
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) see, however, the option `org-cycle-emulate-tab'.
(2) see the option `org-cycle-global-at-bob'.
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
(3) The indirect buffer (*note Indirect Buffers: (emacs)Indirect
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
Buffers.) will contain the entire buffer, but will be narrowed to the
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
current tree. Editing the indirect buffer will also change the
2008-01-31 05:33:26 -05:00
original buffer, but without affecting visibility in that buffer.
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
File: org, Node: Motion, Next: Structure editing, Prev: Visibility cycling, Up: Document structure
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2.4 Motion
==========
The following commands jump to other headlines in the buffer.
`C-c C-n'
Next heading.
`C-c C-p'
Previous heading.
`C-c C-f'
Next heading same level.
`C-c C-b'
Previous heading same level.
`C-c C-u'
Backward to higher level heading.
`C-c C-j'
Jump to a different place without changing the current outline
visibility. Shows the document structure in a temporary buffer,
2008-01-31 05:34:26 -05:00
where you can use the following keys to find your destination:
<TAB> Cycle visibility.
<down> / <up> Next/previous visible headline.
n / p Next/previous visible headline.
f / b Next/previous headline same level.
u One level up.
0-9 Digit argument.
<RET> Select this location.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
File: org, Node: Structure editing, Next: Archiving, Prev: Motion, Up: Document structure
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2.5 Structure editing
=====================
`M-<RET>'
Insert new heading with same level as current. If the cursor is
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
in a plain list item, a new item is created (*note Plain lists::).
To force creation of a new headline, use a prefix arg, or first
press <RET> to get to the beginning of the next line. When this
command is used in the middle of a line, the line is split and the
rest of the line becomes the new headline. If the command is used
at the beginning of a headline, the new headline is created before
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
the current line. If at the beginning of any other line, the
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
content of that line is made the new heading. If the command is
used at the end of a folded subtree (i.e. behind the ellipses at
the end of a headline), then a headline like the current one will
be inserted after the end of the subtree.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`M-S-<RET>'
Insert new TODO entry with same level as current heading.
`M-<left>'
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
Promote current heading by one level.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`M-<right>'
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
Demote current heading by one level.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`M-S-<left>'
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
Promote the current subtree by one level.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`M-S-<right>'
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
Demote the current subtree by one level.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`M-S-<up>'
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
Move subtree up (swap with previous subtree of same level).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`M-S-<down>'
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
Move subtree down (swap with next subtree of same level).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c C-x C-w'
`C-c C-x C-k'
Kill subtree, i.e. remove it from buffer but save in kill ring.
`C-c C-x M-w'
Copy subtree to kill ring.
`C-c C-x C-y'
Yank subtree from kill ring. This does modify the level of the
subtree to make sure the tree fits in nicely at the yank position.
The yank level can also be specified with a prefix arg, or by
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
yanking after a headline marker like `****'.
`C-c ^'
Sort same-level entries. When there is an active region, all
entries in the region will be sorted. Otherwise the children of
the current headline are sorted. The command prompts for the
sorting method, which can be alphabetically, numerically, by time
(using the first time stamp in each entry), and each of these in
reverse order. With a `C-u' prefix, sorting will be
case-sensitive. With two `C-u C-u' prefixes, duplicate entries
will also be removed.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
When there is an active region (transient-mark-mode), promotion and
demotion work on all headlines in the region. To select a region of
headlines, it is best to place both point and mark at the beginning of a
line, mark at the beginning of the first headline, and point at the line
just after the last headline to change. Note that when the cursor is
inside a table (*note Tables::), the Meta-Cursor keys have different
functionality.

2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
File: org, Node: Archiving, Next: Sparse trees, Prev: Structure editing, Up: Document structure
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2.6 Archiving
=============
When a project represented by a (sub)tree is finished, you may want to
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
move the tree out of the way and to stop it from contributing to the
agenda. Org-mode knows two ways of archiving. You can mark a tree with
the ARCHIVE tag, or you can move an entire (sub)tree to a different
location.
* Menu:
* ARCHIVE tag:: Marking a tree as inactive
* Moving subtrees:: Moving a tree to an archive file

File: org, Node: ARCHIVE tag, Next: Moving subtrees, Prev: Archiving, Up: Archiving
2.6.1 The ARCHIVE tag
---------------------
A headline that is marked with the ARCHIVE tag (*note Tags::) stays at
its location in the outline tree, but behaves in the following way:
- It does not open when you attempt to do so with a visibility
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
cycling command (*note Visibility cycling::). You can force
cycling archived subtrees with `C-<TAB>', or by setting the option
`org-cycle-open-archived-trees'. Also normal outline commands like
`show-all' will open archived subtrees.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
- During sparse tree construction (*note Sparse trees::), matches in
archived subtrees are not exposed, unless you configure the option
`org-sparse-tree-open-archived-trees'.
- During agenda view construction (*note Agenda views::), the
content of archived trees is ignored unless you configure the
option `org-agenda-skip-archived-trees'.
- Archived trees are not exported (*note Exporting::), only the
headline is. Configure the details using the variable
`org-export-with-archived-trees'.
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
The following commands help managing the ARCHIVE tag:
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
`C-c C-x C-a'
Toggle the ARCHIVE tag for the current headline. When the tag is
set, the headline changes to a shadowish face, and the subtree
below it is hidden.
`C-u C-c C-x C-a'
Check if any direct children of the current headline should be
archived. To do this, each subtree is checked for open TODO
entries. If none are found, the command offers to set the ARCHIVE
tag for the child. If the cursor is _not_ on a headline when this
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
command is invoked, the level 1 trees will be checked.
`C-TAB'
Cycle a tree even if it is tagged with ARCHIVE.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00

File: org, Node: Moving subtrees, Prev: ARCHIVE tag, Up: Archiving
2.6.2 Moving subtrees
---------------------
Once an entire project is finished, you may want to move it to a
different location, either in the current file, or even in a different
file, the archive file.
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
`C-c C-x C-s'
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Archive the subtree starting at the cursor position to the location
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
given by `org-archive-location'.
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
`C-u C-c C-x C-s'
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
Check if any direct children of the current headline could be
moved to the archive. To do this, each subtree is checked for
open TODO entries. If none are found, the command offers to move
it to the archive location. If the cursor is _not_ on a headline
when this command is invoked, the level 1 trees will be checked.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
The default archive location is a file in the same directory as the
current file, with the name derived by appending `_archive' to the
current file name. For information and examples on how to change this,
see the documentation string of the variable `org-archive-location'.
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
There is also an in-buffer option for setting this variable, for example
#+ARCHIVE: %s_done::
You may have several such lines in the buffer, they will then be valid
for the entries following the line (the first will also apply to any
text before it).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
File: org, Node: Sparse trees, Next: Plain lists, Prev: Archiving, Up: Document structure
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2.7 Sparse trees
================
An important feature of Org-mode is the ability to construct _sparse
trees_ for selected information in an outline tree. A sparse tree
means that the entire document is folded as much as possible, but the
selected information is made visible along with the headline structure
above it(1). Just try it out and you will see immediately how it works.
Org-mode contains several commands creating such trees. The most
basic one is `org-occur':
`C-c /'
Occur. Prompts for a regexp and shows a sparse tree with all
matches. If the match is in a headline, the headline is made
visible. If the match is in the body of an entry, headline and
body are made visible. In order to provide minimal context, also
the full hierarchy of headlines above the match is shown, as well
as the headline following the match. Each match is also
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
highlighted; the highlights disappear when the buffer is changes
an editing command, or by pressing `C-c C-c'. When called with a
2008-01-31 05:32:41 -05:00
`C-u' prefix argument, previous highlights are kept, so several
calls to this command can be stacked.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
For frequently used sparse trees of specific search strings, you can
use the variable `org-agenda-custom-commands' to define fast keyboard
access to specific sparse trees. These commands will then be
accessible through the agenda dispatcher (*note Agenda dispatcher::).
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
For example:
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
'(("f" occur-tree "FIXME")))
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
will define the key `C-c a f' as a shortcut for creating a sparse tree
matching the string `FIXME'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
Other commands use sparse trees as well. For example `C-c C-v'
creates a sparse TODO tree (*note TODO basics::).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
To print a sparse tree, you can use the Emacs command
`ps-print-buffer-with-faces' which does not print invisible parts of
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
the document (2). Or you can use the command `C-c C-e v' to export
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
only the visible part of the document and print the resulting file.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
---------- Footnotes ----------
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
(1) See also the variables `org-show-hierarchy-above',
`org-show-following-heading', and `org-show-siblings' for detailed
control on how much context is shown around each match.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
(2) This does not work under XEmacs, because XEmacs uses selective
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
display for outlining, not text properties.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
File: org, Node: Plain lists, Prev: Sparse trees, Up: Document structure
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
2.8 Plain lists
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
===============
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
Within an entry of the outline tree, hand-formatted lists can provide
additional structure. They also provide a way to create lists of
checkboxes (*note Checkboxes::). Org-mode supports editing such lists,
and the HTML exporter (*note Exporting::) does parse and format them.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Org-mode knows ordered and unordered lists. Unordered list items
start with `-', `+', or `*'(1) as bullets. Ordered list items start
with `1.' or `1)'. Items belonging to the same list must have the same
indentation on the first line. In particular, if an ordered list
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
reaches number `10.', then the 2-digit numbers must be written
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
left-aligned with the other numbers in the list. Indentation also
determines the end of a list item. It ends before the next line that
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
is indented like the bullet/number, or less. Empty lines are part of
the previous item, so you can have several paragraphs in one item. If
you would like an emtpy line to terminate all currently open plain
lists, configure the variable `org-empty-line-terminates-plain-lists'.
Here is an for example:
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
** Lord of the Rings
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
My favorite scenes are (in this order)
1. The attack of the Rohirrim
2. Eowyns fight with the witch king
+ this was already my favorite scene in the book
+ I really like Miranda Otto.
3. Peter Jackson being shot by Legolas
- on DVD only
He makes a really funny face when it happens.
But in the end, not individual scenes matter but the film as a whole.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
Org-mode supports these lists by tuning filling and wrapping
commands to deal with them correctly(2).
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
The following commands act on items when the cursor is in the first
line of an item (the line with the bullet or number).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`<TAB>'
Items can be folded just like headline levels if you set the
variable `org-cycle-include-plain-lists'. The level of an item is
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
then given by the indentation of the bullet/number. Items are
always subordinate to real headlines, however; the hierarchies
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
remain completely separated.
If `org-cycle-include-plain-lists' has not been set, <TAB> fixes
the indentation of the curent line in a heuristic way.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`M-<RET>'
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
Insert new item at current level. With prefix arg, force a new
heading (*note Structure editing::). If this command is used in
the middle of a line, the line is _split_ and the rest of the line
becomes the new item. If this command is executed in the
_whitespace before a bullet or number_, the new item is created
_before_ the current item. If the command is executed in the
white space before the text that is part of an item but does not
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
contain the bullet, a bullet is added to the current line.
`M-S-<RET>'
2008-01-31 05:32:13 -05:00
Insert a new item with a checkbox (*note Checkboxes::).
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
`S-<up>'
`S-<down>'
Jump to the previous/next item in the current list.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`M-S-<up>'
`M-S-<down>'
Move the item including subitems up/down (swap with previous/next
item of same indentation). If the list is ordered, renumbering is
automatic.
`M-S-<left>'
`M-S-<right>'
Decrease/increase the indentation of the item, including subitems.
Initially, the item tree is selected based on current indentation.
When these commands are executed several times in direct
succession, the initially selected region is used, even if the new
indentation would imply a different hierarchy. To use the new
hierarchy, break the command chain with a cursor motion or so.
`C-c C-c'
2008-01-31 05:32:13 -05:00
If there is a checkbox (*note Checkboxes::) in the item line,
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
toggle the state of the checkbox. If not, make this command makes
sure that all the items on this list level use the same bullet.
Furthermore, if this is an ordered list, make sure the numbering
is ok.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) When using `*' as a bullet, lines must be indented or they will
be seen as top-level headlines. Also, when you are hiding leading
stars to get a clean outline view, plain list items starting with a
star are visually indistinguishable from true headlines. In short:
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
even though `*' is supported, it may be better not to use it for plain
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
list items.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
(2) Org-mode only changes the filling settings for Emacs. For
2008-01-31 05:33:05 -05:00
XEmacs, you should use Kyle E. Jones' `filladapt.el'. To turn this on,
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
put into `.emacs': `(require 'filladapt)'
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
File: org, Node: Tables, Next: Hyperlinks, Prev: Document structure, Up: Top
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
3 Tables
********
Org-mode has a very fast and intuitive table editor built-in.
Spreadsheet-like calculations are supported in connection with the
Emacs `calc' package.
* Menu:
* Built-in table editor:: Simple tables
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
* Narrow columns:: Stop wasting space in tables
2008-01-31 05:34:46 -05:00
* Column groups:: Grouping to trigger vertical lines
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* orgtbl-mode:: The table editor as minor mode
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* The spreadsheet:: The table editor has spreadsheet capabilities.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
File: org, Node: Built-in table editor, Next: Narrow columns, Prev: Tables, Up: Tables
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
3.1 The built-in table editor
=============================
Org-mode makes it easy to format tables in plain ASCII. Any line with
`|' as the first non-white character is considered part of a table.
`|' is also the column separator. A table might look like this:
| Name | Phone | Age |
|-------+-------+-----|
| Peter | 1234 | 17 |
| Anna | 4321 | 25 |
A table is re-aligned automatically each time you press <TAB> or
<RET> or `C-c C-c' inside the table. <TAB> also moves to the next
field (<RET> to the next row) and creates new table rows at the end of
the table or before horizontal lines. The indentation of the table is
set by the first line. Any line starting with `|-' is considered as a
horizontal separator line and will be expanded on the next re-align to
span the whole table width. So, to create the above table, you would
only type
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
|Name|Phone|Age|
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
|-
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
and then press <TAB> to align the table and start filling in fields.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
When typing text into a field, Org-mode treats <DEL>, <Backspace>,
and all character keys in a special way, so that inserting and deleting
avoids shifting other fields. Also, when typing _immediately after the
cursor was moved into a new field with `<TAB>', `S-<TAB>' or `<RET>'_,
the field is automatically made blank. If this behavior is too
unpredictable for you, configure the variables
`org-enable-table-editor' and `org-table-auto-blank-field'.
Creation and conversion
.......................
2008-01-31 05:30:56 -05:00
`C-c |'
Convert the active region to table. If every line contains at
least one TAB character, the function assumes that the material is
tab separated. If not, lines are split at whitespace into fields.
You can use a prefix argument to indicate the minimum number of
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
consecutive spaces required to identify a field separator
2008-01-31 05:30:56 -05:00
(default: just one).
If there is no active region, this command creates an empty
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
Org-mode table. But it's easier just to start typing, like
2008-01-31 05:30:56 -05:00
`|Name|Phone|Age <RET> |- <TAB>'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Re-aligning and field motion
............................
`C-c C-c'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Re-align the table without moving the cursor.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`<TAB>'
Re-align the table, move to the next field. Creates a new row if
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
necessary.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`S-<TAB>'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Re-align, move to previous field.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`<RET>'
Re-align the table and move down to next row. Creates a new row if
necessary. At the beginning or end of a line, <RET> still does
NEWLINE, so it can be used to split a table.
Column and row editing
......................
`M-<left>'
`M-<right>'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Move the current column left/right.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`M-S-<left>'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Kill the current column.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`M-S-<right>'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Insert a new column to the left of the cursor position.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`M-<up>'
`M-<down>'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Move the current row up/down.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`M-S-<up>'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Kill the current row or horizontal line.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`M-S-<down>'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Insert a new row above (with arg: below) the current row.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c -'
Insert a horizontal line below current row. With prefix arg, the
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
line is created above the current line.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c ^'
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
Sort the table lines in the region. The position of point
indicates the column to be used for sorting, and the range of
lines is the range between the nearest horizontal separator lines,
or the entire table. If point is before the first column, you
will be prompted for the sorting column. If there is an active
region, the mark specifies the first line and the sorting column,
while point should be in the last line to be included into the
sorting. The command prompts for the sorting type
(alphabetically, numerically, or by time). When called with a
prefix argument, alphabetic sorting will be case-sensitive.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Regions
.......
`C-c C-x M-w'
Copy a rectangular region from a table to a special clipboard.
Point and mark determine edge fields of the rectangle. The
process ignores horizontal separator lines.
`C-c C-x C-w'
Copy a rectangular region from a table to a special clipboard, and
blank all fields in the rectangle. So this is the "cut" operation.
`C-c C-x C-y'
Paste a rectangular region into a table. The upper right corner
ends up in the current field. All involved fields will be
overwritten. If the rectangle does not fit into the present table,
the table is enlarged as needed. The process ignores horizontal
separator lines.
`C-c C-q'
Wrap several fields in a column like a paragraph. If there is an
active region, and both point and mark are in the same column, the
text in the column is wrapped to minimum width for the given
number of lines. A prefix ARG may be used to change the number of
desired lines. If there is no region, the current field is split
at the cursor position and the text fragment to the right of the
cursor is prepended to the field one line down. If there is no
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
region, but you specify a prefix ARG, the current field is made
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
blank, and the content is appended to the field above.
Calculations
............
`C-c +'
Sum the numbers in the current column, or in the rectangle defined
by the active region. The result is shown in the echo area and can
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
be inserted with `C-y'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`S-<RET>'
When current field is empty, copy from first non-empty field above.
When not empty, copy current field down to next row and move cursor
along with it. Depending on the variable
`org-table-copy-increment', integer field values will be
incremented during copy. This key is also used by CUA-mode (*note
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
Cooperation::).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Miscellaneous
.............
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
`C-c `'
Edit the current field in a separate window. This is useful for
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
fields that are not fully visible (*note Narrow columns::). When
called with a `C-u' prefix, just make the full field visible, so
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
that it can be edited in place.
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
`C-c <TAB>'
This is an alias for `C-u C-c `' to make the current field fully
visible.
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`M-x org-table-import'
Import a file as a table. The table should be TAB- or whitespace
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
separated. Useful, for example, to import an Excel table or data
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
from a database, because these programs generally can write
TAB-separated text files. This command works by inserting the
file into the buffer and then converting the region to a table.
Any prefix argument is passed on to the converter, which uses it
to determine the separator.
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
`C-c |'
Tables can also be imported by pasting tabular text into the
org-mode buffer, selecting the pasted text with `C-x C-x' and then
using the `C-c |' command (see above under Creation and conversion.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`M-x org-table-export'
Export the table as a TAB-separated file. Useful for data
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
exchange with, for example, Excel or database programs.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
If you don't like the automatic table editor because it gets in your
way on lines which you would like to start with `|', you can turn it
off with
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
(setq org-enable-table-editor nil)
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
Then the only table command that still works is `C-c C-c' to do a
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
manual re-align.

2008-01-31 05:34:46 -05:00
File: org, Node: Narrow columns, Next: Column groups, Prev: Built-in table editor, Up: Tables
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
3.2 Narrow columns
==================
The width of columns is automatically determined by the table editor.
Sometimes a single field or a few fields need to carry more text,
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
leading to inconveniently wide columns. To limit(1) the width of a
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
column, one field anywhere in the column may contain just the string
`<N>' where `N' is an integer specifying the width of the column in
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
characters. The next re-align will then set the width of this column
to no more than this value.
|---+------------------------------| |---+--------|
| | | | | <6> |
| 1 | one | | 1 | one |
| 2 | two | ----\ | 2 | two |
| 3 | This is a long chunk of text | ----/ | 3 | This=> |
| 4 | four | | 4 | four |
|---+------------------------------| |---+--------|
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
Fields that are wider become clipped and end in the string `=>'. Note
that the full text is still in the buffer, it is only invisible. To
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
see the full text, hold the mouse over the field - a tool-tip window
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
will show the full content. To edit such a field, use the command `C-c
`' (that is `C-c' followed by the backquote). This will open a new
window with the full field. Edit it and finish with `C-c C-c'.
When visiting a file containing a table with narrowed columns, the
necessary character hiding has not yet happened, and the table needs to
be aligned before it looks nice. Setting the option
`org-startup-align-all-tables' will realign all tables in a file upon
visiting, but also slow down startup. You can also set this option on
a per-file basis with:
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
#+STARTUP: align
#+STARTUP: noalign
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) This feature does not work on XEmacs.

2008-01-31 05:34:46 -05:00
File: org, Node: Column groups, Next: orgtbl-mode, Prev: Narrow columns, Up: Tables
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:46 -05:00
3.3 Column groups
=================
When Org-mode exports tables, it does so by default without vertical
lines because that is visually more satisfying in general. Occasionally
however, vertical lines can be useful to structure a table into groups
of columns, much like horizontal lines can do for groups of rows. In
order to specify column groups, you can use a special row where the
first field contains only `/'. The further fields can either contain
`<' to indicate that this column should start a group, `>' to indicate
the end of a column, or `<>' to make a column a group of its own.
Boundaries between colum groups will upon export be marked with
vertical lines. Here is an example:
| | N | N^2 | N^3 | N^4 | sqrt(n) | sqrt[4](N) |
|---+----+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------|
| / | <> | < | | > | < | > |
| # | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
| # | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 | 1.4142 | 1.1892 |
| # | 3 | 9 | 27 | 81 | 1.7321 | 1.3161 |
|---+----+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------|
#+TBLFM: $3=$2^2::$4=$2^3::$5=$2^4::$6=sqrt($2)::$7=sqrt(sqrt(($2))
It is also sufficient to just insert the colum group starters after
every vertical line you'd like to have:
| N | N^2 | N^3 | N^4 | sqrt(n) | sqrt[4](N) |
|----+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------|
| / | < | | | < | |

File: org, Node: orgtbl-mode, Next: The spreadsheet, Prev: Column groups, Up: Tables
3.4 The Orgtbl minor mode
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
=========================
If you like the intuitive way the Org-mode table editor works, you
might also want to use it in other modes like text-mode or mail-mode.
The minor mode Orgtbl-mode makes this possible. You can always toggle
the mode with `M-x orgtbl-mode'. To turn it on by default, for example
in mail mode, use
(add-hook 'mail-mode-hook 'turn-on-orgtbl)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
Furthermore, with some special setup, it is possible to maintain
tables in arbitrary syntax with Orgtbl-mode. For example, it is
possible to construct LaTeX tables with the underlying ease and power of
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
Orgtbl-mode, including spreadsheet capabilities. For details, see
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
*Note Tables in arbitrary syntax::.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00

File: org, Node: The spreadsheet, Prev: orgtbl-mode, Up: Tables
2008-01-31 05:34:46 -05:00
3.5 The spreadsheet
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
===================
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
The table editor makes use of the Emacs `calc' package to implement
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
spreadsheet-like capabilities. It can also evaluate Emacs Lisp forms to
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
derive fields from other fields. While fully featured, Org-mode's
implementation is not identical to other spreadsheets. For example,
Org-mode knows the concept of a _column formula_ that will be applied
to all non-header fields in a column without having to copy the formula
to each relevant field.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Menu:
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* References:: How to refer to another field or range
* Formula syntax for Calc:: Using Calc to compute stuff
* Formula syntax for Lisp:: Writing formulas in Emacs Lisp
* Field formulas:: Formulas valid for a single field
* Column formulas:: Formulas valid for an entire column
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* Editing and debugging formulas:: Fixing formulas
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* Updating the table:: Recomputing all dependent fields
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Advanced features:: Field names, parameters and automatic recalc

2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
File: org, Node: References, Next: Formula syntax for Calc, Prev: The spreadsheet, Up: The spreadsheet
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:46 -05:00
3.5.1 References
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
----------------
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
To compute fields in the table from other fields, formulas must
reference other fields or ranges. In Org-mode, fields can be referenced
by name, by absolute coordinates, and by relative coordinates. To find
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
out what the coordinates of a field are, press `C-c ?' in that field,
or press `C-c }' to toggle the display of a grid.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
Field references
................
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
Formulas can reference the value of another field in two ways. Like in
any other spreadsheet, you may reference fields with a letter/number
combination like `B3', meaning the 2nd field in the 3rd row.
Org-mode also uses another, more general operator that looks like this:
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
@row$column
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
Column references can be absolute like `1', `2',...`N', or relative to
the current column like `+1' or `-2'.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
The row specification only counts data lines and ignores horizontal
separator lines (hlines). You can use absolute row numbers `1'...`N',
and row numbers relative to the current row like `+3' or `-1'. Or
specify the row relative to one of the hlines: `I' refers to the first
hline, `II' to the second etc. `-I' refers to the first such line
above the current line, `+I' to the first such line below the current
line. You can also write `III+2' which is the second data line after
the third hline in the table. Relative row numbers like `-3' will not
cross hlines if the current line is too close to the hline. Instead,
the value directly at the hline is used.
`0' refers to the current row and column. Also, if you omit either
the column or the row part of the reference, the current row/column is
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
implied.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
Org-mode's references with _unsigned_ numbers are fixed references
in the sense that if you use the same reference in the formula for two
different fields, the same field will be referenced each time.
Org-mode's references with _signed_ numbers are floating references
because the same reference operator can reference different fields
depending on the field being calculated by the formula.
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
Here are a few examples:
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
@2$3 2nd row, 3rd column
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
C2 same as previous
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
$5 column 5 in the current row
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
E& same as previous
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
@2 current column, row 2
@-1$-3 the field one row up, three columns to the left
@-I$2 field just under hline above current row, column 2
Range references
................
You may reference a rectangular range of fields by specifying two field
references connected by two dots `..'. If both fields are in the
current row, you may simply use `$2..$7', but if at least one field is
in a different row, you need to use the general `@row$column' format at
least for the first field (i.e the reference must start with `@' in
order to be interpreted correctly). Examples:
$1..$3 First three fields in the current row.
$P..$Q Range, using column names (see under Advanced)
@2$1..@4$3 6 fields between these two fields.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
A2..C4 Same as above.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
@-1$-2..@-1 3 numbers from the column to the left, 2 up to current row
Range references return a vector of values that can be fed into Calc
vector functions. Empty fields in ranges are normally suppressed, so
that the vector contains only the non-empty fields (but see the `E'
mode switch below). If there are no non-empty fields, `[0]' is
returned to avoid syntax errors in formulas.
Named references
................
`$name' is interpreted as the name of a column, parameter or constant.
Constants are defined globally through the variable
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`org-table-formula-constants'. If you have the `constants.el' package,
it will also be used to resolve constants, including natural constants
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
like `$h' for Planck's constant, and units like `$km' for
kilometers(1). Column names and parameters can be specified in special
table lines. These are described below, see *Note Advanced features::.
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
All names must start with a letter, and further consist of letters and
numbers.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) `Constant.el' can supply the values of constants in two
different unit systems, `SI' and `cgs'. Which one is used depends on
the value of the variable `constants-unit-system'. You can use the
`#+STARTUP' options `constSI' and `constcgs' to set this value for the
current buffer.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00

File: org, Node: Formula syntax for Calc, Next: Formula syntax for Lisp, Prev: References, Up: The spreadsheet
2008-01-31 05:34:46 -05:00
3.5.2 Formula syntax for Calc
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
-----------------------------
A formula can be any algebraic expression understood by the Emacs
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
`Calc' package. Note that `calc' has the non-standard convention that
`/' has lower precedence than `*', so that `a/b*c' is interpreted as
`a/(b*c)'. Before evaluation by `calc-eval' (*note calc-eval:
(calc)Calling Calc from Your Programs.), variable substitution takes
place according to the rules described above. The range vectors can be
directly fed into the calc vector functions like `vmean' and `vsum'.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
A formula can contain an optional mode string after a semicolon.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
This string consists of flags to influence Calc and other modes during
execution. By default, Org-mode uses the standard calc modes (precision
12, angular units degrees, fraction and symbolic modes off. The display
format, however, has been changed to `(float 5)' to keep tables
compact. The default settings can be configured using the variable
`org-calc-default-modes'.
p20 switch the internal precision to 20 digits
n3 s3 e2 f4 normal, scientific, engineering, or fixed display format
D R angle modes: degrees, radians
F S fraction and symbolic modes
N interpret all fields as numbers, use 0 for non-numbers
T force text interpretation
E keep empty fields in ranges
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
In addition, you may provide a `printf' format specifier to reformat
the final result. A few examples:
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
$1+$2 Sum of first and second field
$1+$2;%.2f Same, format result to two decimals
exp($2)+exp($1) Math functions can be used
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
$0;%.1f Reformat current cell to 1 decimal
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
($3-32)*5/9 Degrees F -> C conversion
$c/$1/$cm Hz -> cm conversion, using `constants.el'
tan($1);Dp3s1 Compute in degrees, precision 3, display SCI 1
sin($1);Dp3%.1e Same, but use printf specifier for display
vmean($2..$7) Compute column range mean, using vector function
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
vmean($2..$7);EN Same, but treat empty fields as 0
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
taylor($3,x=7,2) taylor series of $3, at x=7, second degree
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
Calc also contains a complete set of logical operations. For example
if($1<20,teen,string("")) "teen" if age $1 less than 20, else empty
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
File: org, Node: Formula syntax for Lisp, Next: Field formulas, Prev: Formula syntax for Calc, Up: The spreadsheet
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:46 -05:00
3.5.3 Emacs Lisp forms as formulas
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
----------------------------------
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
It is also possible to write a formula in Emacs Lisp; this can be useful
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
for string manipulation and control structures, if the Calc's
functionality is not enough. If a formula starts with a single quote
followed by an opening parenthesis, then it is evaluated as a lisp form.
The evaluation should return either a string or a number. Just as with
`calc' formulas, you can specify modes and a printf format after a
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
semicolon. With Emacs Lisp forms, you need to be concious about the way
field references are interpolated into the form. By default, a
reference will be interpolated as a Lisp string (in double quotes)
containing the field. If you provide the `N' mode switch, all
referenced elements will be numbers (non-number fields will be zero) and
interpolated as Lisp numbers, without quotes. If you provide the `L'
flag, all fields will be interpolated literally, without quotes. I.e.,
if you want a reference to be interpreted as a string by the Lisp form,
enclode the reference operator itself in double quotes, like `"$3"'.
Ranges are inserted as space-separated fields, so you can embed them in
list or vector syntax. A few examples, note how the `N' mode is used
when we do computations in lisp.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
Swap the first two characters of the content of column 1
'(concat (substring $1 1 2) (substring $1 0 1) (substring $1 2))
Add columns 1 and 2, equivalent to the Calc's `$1+$2'
'(+ $1 $2);N
Compute the sum of columns 1-4, like Calc's `vsum($1..$4)'
'(apply '+ '($1..$4));N

File: org, Node: Field formulas, Next: Column formulas, Prev: Formula syntax for Lisp, Up: The spreadsheet
2008-01-31 05:34:46 -05:00
3.5.4 Field formulas
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
--------------------
To assign a formula to a particular field, type it directly into the
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
field, preceded by `:=', for example `:=$1+$2'. When you press <TAB>
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
or <RET> or `C-c C-c' with the cursor still in the field, the formula
will be stored as the formula for this field, evaluated, and the
current field replaced with the result.
Formulas are stored in a special line starting with `#+TBLFM:'
directly below the table. If you typed the equation in the 4th field of
the 3rd data line in the table, the formula will look like
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
`@3$4=$1+$2'. When inserting/deleting/swapping column and rows with
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
the appropriate commands, absolute references (but not relative ones)
in stored formulas are modified in order to still reference the same
field. Of cause this is not true if you edit the table structure with
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
normal editing commands - then you must fix the equations yourself.
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
Instead of typing an equation into the field, you may also use the
following command
`C-u C-c ='
Install a new formula for the current field. The command prompts
for a formula, with default taken from the `#+TBLFM:' line, applies
it to the current field and stores it.
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
File: org, Node: Column formulas, Next: Editing and debugging formulas, Prev: Field formulas, Up: The spreadsheet
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:46 -05:00
3.5.5 Column formulas
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
---------------------
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
Often in a table, the same formula should be used for all fields in a
particular column. Instead of having to copy the formula to all fields
in that column, org-mode allows to assign a single formula to an entire
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
column. If the table contains horizontal separator hlines, everything
before the first such line is considered part of the table _header_ and
will not be modified by column formulas.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
To assign a formula to a column, type it directly into any field in
the column, preceded by an equal sign, like `=$1+$2'. When you press
<TAB> or <RET> or `C-c C-c' with the cursor still in the field, the
formula will be stored as the formula for the current column, evaluated
and the current field replaced with the result. If the field contains
only `=', the previously stored formula for this column is used. For
each column, Org-mode will only remember the most recently used
formula. In the `TBLFM:' line, column formulas will look like
`$4=$1+$2'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Instead of typing an equation into the field, you may also use the
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
following command:
`C-c ='
Install a new formula for the current column and replace current
field with the result of the formula. The command prompts for a
formula, with default taken from the `#+TBLFM' line, applies it to
the current field and stores it. With a numerical prefix (e.g.
`C-5 C-c =') will apply it to that many consecutive fields in the
current column.

2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
File: org, Node: Editing and debugging formulas, Next: Updating the table, Prev: Column formulas, Up: The spreadsheet
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:46 -05:00
3.5.6 Editing and Debugging formulas
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
------------------------------------
You can edit individual formulas in the minibuffer or directly in the
field. Org-mode can also prepare a special buffer with all active
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
formulas of a table. When offering a formula for editing, Org-mode
converts references to the standard format (like `B3' or `D&') if
possible. If you prefer to only work with the internal format (like
`@3$2' or `$4'), configure the variable
`org-table-use-standard-references'.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
`C-c ='
`C-u C-c ='
Edit the formula associated with the current column/field in the
minibuffer. See *Note Column formulas:: and *Note Field
formulas::.
`C-u C-u C-c ='
Re-insert the active formula (either a field formula, or a column
formula) into the current field, so that you can edit it directly
in the field. The advantage over editing in the minibuffer is
that you can use the command `C-c ?'.
`C-c ?'
While editing a formula in a table field, highlight the field(s)
referenced by the reference at the cursor position in the formula.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
`C-c }'
Toggle the display of row and column numbers for a table, using
overlays. These are updated each time the table is aligned, you
can force it with `C-c C-c'.
`C-c {'
Toggle the formula debugger on and off. See below.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
`C-c ''
Edit all formulas for the current table in a special buffer, where
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
the formulas will be displayed one per line. If the current field
has an active formula, the cursor in the formula editor will mark
it. While inside the special buffer, Org-mode will automatically
highlight any field or range reference at the cursor position.
You may edit, remove and add formulas, and use the following
commands:
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
`C-c C-c'
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
`C-x C-s'
Exit the formula editor and store the modified formulas.
With `C-u' prefix, also apply the new formulas to the entire
table.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
`C-c C-q'
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
Exit the formula editor without installing changes.
`C-c C-r'
Toggle all references in the formula editor between standard
(like `B3') and internal (like `@3$2').
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
`<TAB>'
Pretty-print or indent lisp formula at point. When in a line
containing a lisp formula, format the formula according to
Emacs Lisp rules. Another <TAB> collapses the formula back
again. In the open formula, <TAB> re-indents just like in
Emacs-lisp-mode.
`M-<TAB>'
Complete Lisp symbols, just like in Emacs-lisp-mode.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
`S-<up>/<down>/<left>/<right>'
Shift the reference at point. For example, if the reference
is `B3' and you press `S-<right>', it will become `C3'. This
also works for relative references, and for hline references.
`M-S-<up>/<down>'
Move the test line for column formulas in the Org-mode buffer
up and down.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
`M-<up>/<down>'
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
Scroll the window displaying the table.
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
`C-c }'
Turn the coordinate grid in the table on and off.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
Making a table field blank does not remove the formula associated
with the field, because that is stored in a different line (the `TBLFM'
line) - during the next recalculation the field will be filled again.
To remove a formula from a field, you have to give an empty reply when
prompted for the formula, or to edit the `#+TBLFM' line.
You may edit the `#+TBLFM' directly and re-apply the changed
equations with `C-c C-c' in that line, or with the normal recalculation
commands in the table.
Debugging formulas
..................
When the evaluation of a formula leads to an error, the field content
becomes the string `#ERROR'. If you would like see what is going on
during variable substitution and calculation in order to find a bug,
turn on formula debugging in the `Tbl' menu and repeat the calculation,
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
for example by pressing `C-u C-u C-c = <RET>' in a field. Detailed
information will be displayed.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
File: org, Node: Updating the table, Next: Advanced features, Prev: Editing and debugging formulas, Up: The spreadsheet
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:46 -05:00
3.5.7 Updating the Table
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
------------------------
Recalculation of a table is normally not automatic, but needs to be
triggered by a command. See *Note Advanced features:: for a way to make
recalculation at least semi-automatically.
In order to recalculate a line of a table or the entire table, use
the following commands:
`C-c *'
Recalculate the current row by first applying the stored column
formulas from left to right, and all field formulas in the current
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
row.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
`C-u C-c *'
`C-u C-c C-c'
Recompute the entire table, line by line. Any lines before the
first hline are left alone, assuming that these are part of the
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
table header.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
`C-u C-u C-c *'
Iterate the table by recomputing it until no further changes occur.
This may be necessary if some computed fields use the value of
other fields that are computed later in the calculation sequence.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
File: org, Node: Advanced features, Prev: Updating the table, Up: The spreadsheet
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:46 -05:00
3.5.8 Advanced features
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
-----------------------
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
If you want the recalculation of fields to happen automatically, or if
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
you want to be able to assign names to fields and columns, you need to
reserve the first column of the table for special marking characters.
`C-#'
Rotate the calculation mark in first column through the states `',
`#', `*', `!', `$'. The meaning of these characters is discussed
below. When there is an active region, change all marks in the
region.
Here is an example of a table that collects exam results of students
and makes use of these features:
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
| | Student | Prob 1 | Prob 2 | Prob 3 | Total | Note |
|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
| ! | | P1 | P2 | P3 | Tot | |
| # | Maximum | 10 | 15 | 25 | 50 | 10.0 |
| ^ | | m1 | m2 | m3 | mt | |
|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
| # | Peter | 10 | 8 | 23 | 41 | 8.2 |
| # | Sara | 6 | 14 | 19 | 39 | 7.8 |
| # | Sam | 2 | 4 | 3 | 9 | 1.8 |
|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
| | Average | | | | 29.7 | |
| ^ | | | | | at | |
| $ | max=50 | | | | | |
|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
#+TBLFM: $6=vsum($P1..$P3)::$7=10*$Tot/$max;%.1f::$at=vmean(@-II..@-I);%.1f
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Important: Please note that for these special tables, recalculating the
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
table with `C-u C-c *' will only affect rows that are marked `#' or
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
`*', and fields that have a formula assigned to the field itself. The
column formulas are not applied in rows with empty first field.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
The marking characters have the following meaning:
`!'
The fields in this line define names for the columns, so that you
may refer to a column as `$Tot' instead of `$6'.
`^'
This row defines names for the fields _above_ the row. With such
a definition, any formula in the table may use `$m1' to refer to
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
the value `10'. Also, if you assign a formula to a names field, it
will be stored as `$name=...'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`_'
Similar to `^', but defines names for the fields in the row
_below_.
`$'
Fields in this row can define _parameters_ for formulas. For
example, if a field in a `$' row contains `max=50', then formulas
in this table can refer to the value 50 using `$max'. Parameters
work exactly like constants, only that they can be defined on a
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
per-table basis.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`#'
Fields in this row are automatically recalculated when pressing
<TAB> or <RET> or `S-<TAB>' in this row. Also, this row is
selected for a global recalculation with `C-u C-c *'. Unmarked
lines will be left alone by this command.
`*'
Selects this line for global recalculation with `C-u C-c *', but
not for automatic recalculation. Use this when automatic
recalculation slows down editing too much.
`'
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
Unmarked lines are exempt from recalculation with `C-u C-c *'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
All lines that should be recalculated should be marked with `#' or
`*'.
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
`/'
Do not export this line. Useful for lines that contain the
narrowing `<N>' markers.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
Finally, just to whet your appetite on what can be done with the
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
fantastic `calc' package, here is a table that computes the Taylor
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
series of degree `n' at location `x' for a couple of functions
(homework: try that with Excel :-)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
|---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------|
| | Func | n | x | Result |
|---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------|
| # | exp(x) | 1 | x | 1 + x |
| # | exp(x) | 2 | x | 1 + x + x^2 / 2 |
| # | exp(x) | 3 | x | 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6 |
| # | x^2+sqrt(x) | 2 | x=0 | x*(0.5 / 0) + x^2 (2 - 0.25 / 0) / 2 |
| # | x^2+sqrt(x) | 2 | x=1 | 2 + 2.5 x - 2.5 + 0.875 (x - 1)^2 |
| * | tan(x) | 3 | x | 0.0175 x + 1.77e-6 x^3 |
|---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------|
#+TBLFM: $5=taylor($2,$4,$3);n3

File: org, Node: Hyperlinks, Next: TODO items, Prev: Tables, Up: Top
4 Hyperlinks
************
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
Just like HTML, Org-mode provides links inside a file, and external
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
links to other files, Usenet articles, emails, and much more.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Menu:
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
* Link format:: How links in Org-mode are formatted
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
* Internal links:: Links to other places in the current file
* External links:: URL-like links to the world
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
* Handling links:: Creating, inserting and following
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* Link abbreviations:: Shortcuts for writing complex links
2008-01-31 05:31:19 -05:00
* Search options:: Linking to a specific location
* Custom searches:: When the default search is not enough
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Remember:: Org-trees store quick notes

2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
File: org, Node: Link format, Next: Internal links, Prev: Hyperlinks, Up: Hyperlinks
4.1 Link format
===============
2008-01-31 05:30:56 -05:00
Org-mode will recognize plain URL-like links and activate them as
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
clickable links. The general link format, however, looks like this:
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
[[link][description]] or alternatively [[link]]
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:30:56 -05:00
Once a link in the buffer is complete (all brackets present),
Org-mode will change the display so that `description' is displayed
instead of `[[link][description]]' and `link' is displayed instead of
`[[link]]'. Links will be highlighted in the face `org-link', which by
default is an underlined face. You can directly edit the visible part
of a link. Note that this can be either the `link' part (if there is
2008-01-31 05:31:59 -05:00
no description) or the `description' part. To edit also the invisible
2008-01-31 05:30:56 -05:00
`link' part, use `C-c C-l' with the cursor on the link.
If you place the cursor at the beginning or just behind the end of
the displayed text and press <BACKSPACE>, you will remove the
(invisible) bracket at that location. This makes the link incomplete
and the internals are again displayed as plain text. Inserting the
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
missing bracket hides the link internals again. To show the internal
structure of all links, use the menu entry `Org->Hyperlinks->Literal
links'.
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00

File: org, Node: Internal links, Next: External links, Prev: Link format, Up: Hyperlinks
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
4.2 Internal links
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
==================
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
If the link does not look like a URL, it is considered to be internal in
the current file. Links such as `[[My Target]]' or `[[My Target][Find
my target]]' lead to a text search in the current file. The link can
be followed with `C-c C-o' when the cursor is on the link, or with a
mouse click (*note Handling links::). The preferred match for such a
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
link is a dedicated target: the same string in double angular brackets.
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
Targets may be located anywhere; sometimes it is convenient to put
them into a comment line. For example
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
# <<My Target>>
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
In HTML export (*note HTML export::), such targets will become named
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
anchors for direct access through `http' links(1).
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
If no dedicated target exists, Org-mode will search for the words in
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
the link. In the above example the search would be for `my target'.
Links starting with a star like `*My Target' restrict the search to
headlines. When searching, Org-mode will first try an exact match, but
then move on to more and more lenient searches. For example, the link
`[[*My Targets]]' will find any of the following:
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
** My targets
** TODO my targets are bright
** my 20 targets are
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
To insert a link targeting a headline, in-buffer completion can be
used. Just type a star followed by a few optional letters into the
buffer and press `M-<TAB>'. All headlines in the current buffer will be
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
offered as completions. *Note Handling links::, for more commands
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
creating links.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Following a link pushes a mark onto Org-mode's own mark ring. You
can return to the previous position with `C-c &'. Using this command
several times in direct succession goes back to positions recorded
earlier.
* Menu:
* Radio targets:: Make targets trigger links in plain text.
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
---------- Footnotes ----------
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
(1) Note that text before the first headline is usually not
exported, so the first such target should be after the first headline.
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
File: org, Node: Radio targets, Prev: Internal links, Up: Internal links
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
4.2.1 Radio targets
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
-------------------
You can configure Org-mode to link any occurrences of certain target
names in normal text. So without explicitly creating a link, the text
connects to the target radioing its position. Radio targets are
enclosed by triple angular brackets. For example, a target `<<<My
Target>>>' causes each occurrence of `my target' in normal text to
become activated as a link. The Org-mode file is scanned automatically
for radio targets only when the file is first loaded into Emacs. To
update the target list during editing, press `C-c C-c' with the cursor
on or at a target.

2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
File: org, Node: External links, Next: Handling links, Prev: Internal links, Up: Hyperlinks
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
4.3 External links
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
==================
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
Org-mode supports links to files, websites, Usenet and email messages,
and BBDB database entries. External links are URL-like locators. They
start with a short identifying string followed by a colon. There can be
no space after the colon. The following list shows examples for each
link type.
http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik on the web
file:/home/dominik/images/jupiter.jpg file, absolute path
file:papers/last.pdf file, relative path
news:comp.emacs Usenet link
mailto:adent@galaxy.net Mail link
vm:folder VM folder link
vm:folder#id VM message link
vm://myself@some.where.org/folder#id VM on remote machine
wl:folder WANDERLUST folder link
wl:folder#id WANDERLUST message link
mhe:folder MH-E folder link
mhe:folder#id MH-E message link
rmail:folder RMAIL folder link
rmail:folder#id RMAIL message link
gnus:group GNUS group link
gnus:group#id GNUS article link
bbdb:Richard Stallman BBDB link
shell:ls *.org A shell command
elisp:(find-file-other-frame "Elisp.org") An elisp form to evaluate
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
A link should be enclosed in double brackets and may contain a
descriptive text to be displayed instead of the url (*note Link
format::), for example:
[[http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/][GNU Emacs]]
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
If the description is a file name or URL that points to an image, HTML
export (*note HTML export::) will inline the image as a clickable
button. If there is no description at all and the link points to an
image, that image will be inlined into the exported HTML file.
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
Org-mode also finds external links in the normal text and activates
2008-01-31 05:30:56 -05:00
them as links. If spaces must be part of the link (for example in
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
`bbdb:Richard Stallman'), or if you need to remove ambiguities about
the end of the link, enclose them in angular brackets.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
File: org, Node: Handling links, Next: Link abbreviations, Prev: External links, Up: Hyperlinks
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
4.4 Handling links
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
==================
Org-mode provides methods to create a link in the correct syntax, to
insert it into an org-mode file, and to follow the link.
`C-c l'
Store a link to the current location. This is a _global_ command
which can be used in any buffer to create a link. The link will be
stored for later insertion into an Org-mode buffer (see below).
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
For Org-mode files, if there is a `<<target>>' at the cursor, the
link points to the target. Otherwise it points to the current
headline. For VM, RMAIL, WANDERLUST, MH-E, GNUS and BBDB buffers,
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
the link will indicate the current article/entry. For W3 and W3M
buffers, the link goes to the current URL. For any other files,
the link will point to the file, with a search string (*note
Search options::) pointing to the contents of the current line.
If there is an active region, the selected words will form the
basis of the search string. If the automatically created link is
not working correctly or accurately enough, you can write custom
functions to select the search string and to do the search for
particular file types - see *Note Custom searches::. The key
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
binding `C-c l' is only a suggestion - see *Note Installation::.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c C-l'
Insert a link. This prompts for a link to be inserted into the
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
buffer. You can just type a link, using text for an internal
link, or one of the link type prefixes mentioned in the examples
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
above. All links stored during the current session are part of
the history for this prompt, so you can access them with <up> and
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
<down>. Completion, on the other hand, will help you to insert
valid link prefixes like `http:' or `ftp:', including the prefixes
defined through link abbreviations (*note Link abbreviations::).
The link will be inserted into the buffer(1), along with a
descriptive text. If some text was selected when this command is
called, the selected text becomes the default description.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
Note that you don't have to use this command to insert a link.
Links in Org-mode are plain text, and you can type or paste them
straight into the buffer. By using this command, the links are
automatically enclosed in double brackets, and you will be asked
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
for the optional descriptive text.
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
`C-u C-c C-l'
When `C-c C-l' is called with a `C-u' prefix argument, a link to a
file will be inserted and you may use file name completion to
select the name of the file. The path to the file is inserted
relative to the directory of the current org file, if the linked
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
file is in the current directory or in a subdirectory of it, or if
the path is written relative to the current directory using `../'.
Otherwise an absolute path is used, if possible with `~/' for
your home directory. You can force an absolute path with two
`C-u' prefixes.
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
`C-c C-l (with cursor on existing link)'
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
When the cursor is on an existing link, `C-c C-l' allows you to
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
edit the link and description parts of the link.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c C-o'
Open link at point. This will launch a web browser for URLs (using
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
`browse-url-at-point'), run vm/mh-e/wanderlust/rmail/gnus/bbdb for
the corresponding links, and execute the command in a shell link.
When the cursor is on an internal link, this commands runs the
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
corresponding search. When the cursor is on a TAG list in a
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
headline, it creates the corresponding TAGS view. If the cursor
is on a time stamp, it compiles the agenda for that date.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
Furthermore, it will visit text and remote files in `file:' links
with Emacs and select a suitable application for local non-text
files. Classification of files is based on file extension only.
See option `org-file-apps'. If you want to override the default
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
application and visit the file with Emacs, use a `C-u' prefix.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`mouse-2'
`mouse-1'
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
On links, `mouse-2' will open the link just as `C-c C-o' would.
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Under Emacs 22, also `mouse-1' will follow a link.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`mouse-3'
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
Like `mouse-2', but force file links to be opened with Emacs, and
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
internal links to be displayed in another window(2).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c %'
Push the current position onto the mark ring, to be able to return
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
easily. Commands following an internal link do this automatically.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c &'
Jump back to a recorded position. A position is recorded by the
commands following internal links, and by `C-c %'. Using this
command several times in direct succession moves through a ring of
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
previously recorded positions.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
`C-c C-x C-n'
`C-c C-x C-p'
Move forward/backward to the next link in the buffer. At the
limit of the buffer, the search fails once, and then wraps around.
The key bindings for this are really too long, you might want to
bind this also to `C-n' and `C-p'
(add-hook 'org-load-hook
(lambda ()
(define-key 'org-mode-map "\C-n" 'org-next-link)
(define-key 'org-mode-map "\C-p" 'org-previous-link)))
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) After insertion of a stored link, the link will be removed from
the list of stored links. To keep it in the list later use, use a
triple `C-u' prefix to `C-c C-l', or configure the option
`org-keep-stored-link-after-insertion'.
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
(2) See the variable `org-display-internal-link-with-indirect-buffer'

File: org, Node: Link abbreviations, Next: Search options, Prev: Handling links, Up: Hyperlinks
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
4.5 Link abbreviations
======================
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
Long URLs can be cumbersome to type, and often many similar links are
needed in a document. For this you can use link abbreviations. An
abbreviated link looks like this
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
[[linkword:tag][description]]
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
where the tag is optional. Such abbreviations are resolved according to
the information in the variable `org-link-abbrev-alist' that relates
the linkwords to replacement text. Here is an example:
(setq org-link-abbrev-alist
'(("bugzilla" . "http://10.1.2.9/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=")
("google" . "http://www.google.com/search?q=")
("ads" . "http://adsabs.harvard.edu/cgi-bin/
nph-abs_connect?author=%s&db_key=AST")))
If the replacement text contains the string `%s', it will be
replaced with the tag. Otherwise the tag will be appended to the string
in order to create the link. You may also specify a function that will
be called with the tag as the only argument to create the link.
With the above setting, you could link to a specific bug with
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
`[[bugzilla:129]]', search the web for `OrgMode' with
`[[google:OrgMode]]' and find out what the Org-mode author is doing
besides Emacs hacking with `[[ads:Dominik,C]]'.
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
If you need special abbreviations just for a single Org-mode buffer,
you can define them in the file with
#+LINK: bugzilla http://10.1.2.9/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=
#+LINK: google http://www.google.com/search?q=%s
In-buffer completion *note Completion:: can be used after `[' to
complete link abbreviations.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
File: org, Node: Search options, Next: Custom searches, Prev: Link abbreviations, Up: Hyperlinks
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
4.6 Search options in file links
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
================================
File links can contain additional information to make Emacs jump to a
particular location in the file when following a link. This can be a
2008-01-31 05:31:19 -05:00
line number or a search option after a double(1) colon. For example,
when the command `C-c l' creates a link (*note Handling links::) to a
file, it encodes the words in the current line as a search string that
can be used to find this line back later when following the link with
`C-c C-o'.
Here is the syntax of the different ways to attach a search to a file
link, together with an explanation:
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
[[file:~/code/main.c::255]]
[[file:~/xx.org::My Target]]
[[file:~/xx.org::*My Target]]
[[file:~/xx.org::/regexp/]]
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`255'
Jump to line 255.
`My Target'
Search for a link target `<<My Target>>', or do a text search for
`my target', similar to the search in internal links, see *Note
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
Internal links::. In HTML export (*note HTML export::), such a
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
file link will become an HTML reference to the corresponding named
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
anchor in the linked file.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`*My Target'
In an Org-mode file, restrict search to headlines.
`/regexp/'
Do a regular expression search for `regexp'. This uses the Emacs
command `occur' to list all matches in a separate window. If the
target file is in Org-mode, `org-occur' is used to create a sparse
tree with the matches.
As a degenerate case, a file link with an empty file name can be used
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
to search the current file. For example, `[[file:::find me]]' does a
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
search for `find me' in the current file, just as `[[find me]]' would.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) For backward compatibility, line numbers can also follow a
single colon.

2008-01-31 05:31:19 -05:00
File: org, Node: Custom searches, Next: Remember, Prev: Search options, Up: Hyperlinks
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
4.7 Custom Searches
2008-01-31 05:31:19 -05:00
===================
The default mechanism for creating search strings and for doing the
actual search related to a file link may not work correctly in all
cases. For example, BibTeX database files have many entries like
`year="1993"' which would not result in good search strings, because
the only unique identification for a BibTeX entry is the citation key.
If you come across such a problem, you can write custom functions to
set the right search string for a particular file type, and to do the
search for the string in the file. Using `add-hook', these functions
need to be added to the hook variables
`org-create-file-search-functions' and
`org-execute-file-search-functions'. See the docstring for these
variables for more information. Org-mode actually uses this mechanism
for BibTeX database files, and you can use the corresponding code as an
implementation example. Search for `BibTeX links' in the source file.

File: org, Node: Remember, Prev: Custom searches, Up: Hyperlinks
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
4.8 Remember
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
============
Another way to create org entries with links to other files is through
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
the remember package by John Wiegley. Remember lets you store quick
notes with little interruption of your work flow. See
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`http://www.emacswiki.org/cgi-bin/wiki/RememberMode' for more
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
information. The notes produced by Remember can be stored in different
ways, and Org-mode files are a good target. Org-mode significantly
expands the possibilities of remember: You may define templates for
different note types, and to associate target files and headlines with
specific templates. It also allows you to select the location where a
note should be stored interactively, on the fly.
* Menu:
* Setting up remember:: Some code for .emacs to get things going
* Remember templates:: Define the outline of different note types
* Storing notes:: Directly get the note to where it belongs

File: org, Node: Setting up remember, Next: Remember templates, Prev: Remember, Up: Remember
4.8.1 Setting up remember
-------------------------
The following customization will tell remember to use org files as
target, and to create annotations compatible with Org-mode links.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:30:56 -05:00
(setq org-directory "~/path/to/my/orgfiles/")
(setq org-default-notes-file "~/.notes")
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
(setq remember-annotation-functions '(org-remember-annotation))
(setq remember-handler-functions '(org-remember-handler))
(add-hook 'remember-mode-hook 'org-remember-apply-template)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00

File: org, Node: Remember templates, Next: Storing notes, Prev: Setting up remember, Up: Remember
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
4.8.2 Remember templates
------------------------
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
In combination with Org-mode, you can use templates to generate
different types of remember notes. For example, if you would like to
use one template to create general TODO entries, another one for
journal entries, and a third one for collecting random ideas, you could
use:
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
(setq org-remember-templates
'((?t "* TODO %?\n %i\n %a" "~/org/TODO.org")
(?j "* %U %?\n\n %i\n %a" "~/org/JOURNAL.org")
(?i "* %^{Title}\n %i\n %a" "~/org/JOURNAL.org" "New Ideas")))
In these entries, the character specifies how to select the template.
The first string specifies the template. Two more (optional) strings
give the file in which, and the headline under which the new note
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
should be stored. The file defaults (if not present or `nil') to
`org-default-notes-file', the heading to
`org-remember-default-headline'. Both defaults help to get to the
storing location quickly, but you can change the location interactively
while storing the note.
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
When you call `M-x remember' (or `M-x org-remember') to remember
something, org will prompt for a key to select the template (if you have
more than one template) and then prepare the buffer like
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* TODO
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
[[file:link to where you called remember]]
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
or
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* [2006-03-21 Tue 15:37]
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
[[file:link to where you called remember]]
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
During expansion of the template, special `%'-escapes allow dynamic
insertion of content:
%^{prompt} prompt the user for a string and replace this sequence with it.
%t time stamp, date only
%T time stamp with date and time
%u, %U like the above, but inactive time stamps
%^t like `%t', but prompt for date. Similarly `%^T', `%^u', `%^U'
You may define a prompt like `%^{Birthday}t'
%n user name (taken from `user-full-name')
%a annotation, normally the link created with `org-store-link'
%i initial content, the region when remember is called with C-u.
The entire text will be indented like `%i' itself.
%:keyword specific information for certain link types, see below
For specific link types, the following keywords will be defined:
Link type | Available keywords
-------------------+----------------------------------------------
bbdb | %:name %:company
vm, wl, mh, rmail | %:type %:subject %:message-id
| %:from %:fromname %:fromaddress
| %:to %:toname %:toaddress
| %:fromto (either "to NAME" or "from NAME")(1)
gnus | %:group, for messages also all email fields
w3, w3m | %:url
info | %:file %:node
calendar | %:date"
2008-01-31 05:34:26 -05:00
To place the cursor after template expansion use:
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
%? After completing the template, position cursor here.
If you change you mind about which template to use, call `org-remember'
in the remember buffer. You may then select a new template that will
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
be filled with the previous context information.
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) This will always be the other, not the user. See the variable
`org-from-is-user-regexp'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00

File: org, Node: Storing notes, Prev: Remember templates, Up: Remember
4.8.3 Storing notes
-------------------
When you are finished preparing a note with remember, you have to press
`C-c C-c' to file the note away. The handler first prompts for a
target file - if you press <RET>, the value specified for the template
2008-01-31 05:30:56 -05:00
is used. Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
file, with the cursor position at the default headline (if you had
specified one in the template). You can either immediately press <RET>
2008-01-31 05:34:26 -05:00
to get the note placed there. Or you can use the following keys to
find a better location:
<TAB> Cycle visibility.
<down> / <up> Next/previous visible headline.
n / p Next/previous visible headline.
f / b Next/previous headline same level.
u One level up.
Pressing <RET> or <left> or <right> then leads to the following
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
result.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:26 -05:00
Cursor Key Note gets inserted
position
buffer-start <RET> as level 2 heading at end of file
on headline <RET> as sublevel of the heading at cursor
<left>/<right>as same level, before/after current heading
not on <RET> at cursor position, level taken from context.
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
headline
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
So a fast way to store the note to its default location is to press
`C-c C-c <RET> <RET>'. Even shorter would be `C-u C-c C-c', which does
the same without even asking for a file or showing the tree.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Before inserting the text into a tree, the function ensures that the
text has a headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a `*'. If not,
a headline is constructed from the current date and some additional
data. If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire
text is also indented so that it starts in the same column as the
headline (after the asterisks).

2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
File: org, Node: TODO items, Next: Tags, Prev: Hyperlinks, Up: Top
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
5 TODO items
************
Org-mode does not maintain TODO lists as a separate document. TODO
items are an integral part of the notes file, because TODO items
usually come up while taking notes! With Org-mode, you simply mark any
entry in a tree as being a TODO item. In this way, the information is
not duplicated, and the entire context from which the item emerged is
always present when you check.
Of course, this technique causes TODO items to be scattered
throughout your file. Org-mode provides methods to give you an
overview over all things you have to do.
* Menu:
* TODO basics:: Marking and displaying TODO entries
* TODO extensions:: Workflow and assignments
* Priorities:: Some things are more important than others
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
* Breaking down tasks:: Splitting a task into manageable pieces
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
* Checkboxes:: Tick-off lists
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
File: org, Node: TODO basics, Next: TODO extensions, Prev: TODO items, Up: TODO items
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
5.1 Basic TODO functionality
============================
Any headline can become a TODO item by starting it with the word TODO,
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
for example:
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
*** TODO Write letter to Sam Fortune
The most important commands to work with TODO entries are:
`C-c C-t'
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
Rotate the TODO state of the current item among
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
,-> (unmarked) -> TODO -> DONE --.
'--------------------------------'
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
The same rotation can also be done "remotely" from the timeline and
agenda buffers with the `t' command key (*note Agenda commands::).
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
`S-<right>'
`S-<left>'
Select the following/preceding TODO state, similar to cycling.
Mostly useful if more than two TODO states are possible (*note
TODO extensions::).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c C-v'
View TODO items in a _sparse tree_ (*note Sparse trees::). Folds
the entire buffer, but shows all TODO items and the headings
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
hierarchy above them. With prefix arg, search for a specific
TODO. You will be prompted for the keyword, and you can also give
a list of keywords like `kwd1|kwd2|...'. With numerical prefix N,
show the tree for the Nth keyword in the variable
`org-todo-keywords'. With two prefix args, find all TODO and DONE
entries.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c a t'
Show the global TODO list. This collects the TODO items from all
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
agenda files (*note Agenda views::) into a single buffer. The
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
buffer is in `agenda-mode', so there are commands to examine and
manipulate the TODO entries directly from that buffer (*note
Agenda commands::). *Note Global TODO list::, for more
information.

2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
File: org, Node: TODO extensions, Next: Priorities, Prev: TODO basics, Up: TODO items
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
5.2 Extended use of TODO keywords
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
=================================
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
The default implementation of TODO entries is just two states: TODO and
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
DONE. You can use the TODO feature for more complicated things by
configuring the variable `org-todo-keywords'. With special setup, the
TODO keyword system can work differently in different files.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
Note that tags are another way to classify headlines in general and
TODO items in particular (*note Tags::).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Menu:
* Workflow states:: From TODO to DONE in steps
* TODO types:: I do this, Fred the rest
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* Multiple sets in one file:: Mixing it all, and still finding your way
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
* Per file keywords:: Different files, different requirements
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

File: org, Node: Workflow states, Next: TODO types, Prev: TODO extensions, Up: TODO extensions
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
5.2.1 TODO keywords as workflow states
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
--------------------------------------
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
You can use TODO keywords to indicate different _sequential_ states in
the process of working on an item, for example(1):
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
(setq org-todo-keywords
'((sequence "TODO" "FEEDBACK" "VERIFY" "|" "DONE" "DELEGATED")))
The vertical bar separates the TODO keywords (states that _need
action_) from the DONE states (which need _no further action_. If you
don't provide the separator bar, the last state is used as the DONE
state. With this setup, the command `C-c C-t' will cycle an entry from
TODO to FEEDBACK, then to VERIFY, and finally to DONE and DELEGATED.
You may also use a prefix argument to quickly select a specific state.
For example `C-3 C-c C-t' will change the state immediately to VERIFY.
If you define many keywords, you can use in-buffer completion (see
*Note Completion::) to insert these words into the buffer. Changing a
todo state can be logged with a timestamp, see *Note Tracking TODO
state changes:: for more information.
---------- Footnotes ----------
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
(1) Changing this variable only becomes effective after restarting
Org-mode in a buffer.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
File: org, Node: TODO types, Next: Multiple sets in one file, Prev: Workflow states, Up: TODO extensions
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
5.2.2 TODO keywords as types
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
----------------------------
The second possibility is to use TODO keywords to indicate different
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
_types_ of action items. For example, you might want to indicate that
items are for "work" or "home". Or, when you work with several people
on a single project, you might want to assign action items directly to
persons, by using their names as TODO keywords. This would be set up
like this:
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
(setq org-todo-keywords '((type "Fred" "Sara" "Lucy" "|" "DONE")))
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
In this case, different keywords do not indicate a sequence, but
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
rather different types. So the normal work flow would be to assign a
task to a person, and later to mark it DONE. Org-mode supports this
style by adapting the workings of the command `C-c C-t'(1). When used
several times in succession, it will still cycle through all names, in
order to first select the right type for a task. But when you return
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
to the item after some time and execute `C-c C-t' again, it will switch
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
from any name directly to DONE. Use prefix arguments or completion to
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
quickly select a specific name. You can also review the items of a
specific TODO type in a sparse tree by using a numeric prefix to `C-c
C-v'. For example, to see all things Lucy has to do, you would use
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
`C-3 C-c C-v'. To collect Lucy's items from all agenda files into a
single buffer, you would use the prefix arg as well when creating the
global todo list: `C-3 C-c t'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) This is also true for the `t' command in the timeline and agenda
buffers.

2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
File: org, Node: Multiple sets in one file, Next: Per file keywords, Prev: TODO types, Up: TODO extensions
5.2.3 Multiple keyword sets in one file
---------------------------------------
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
Sometimes you may want to use different sets of TODO keywords in
parallel. For example, you may want to have the basic `TODO'/`DONE',
but also a workflow for bug fixing, and a separate state indicating
that an item has been canceled (so it is not DONE, but also does not
require action). Your setup would then look like this:
(setq org-todo-keywords
'((sequence "TODO" "|" "DONE")
(sequence "REPORT" "BUG" "KNOWNCAUSE" "|" "FIXED")
(sequence "|" "CANCELED")))
The keywords should all be different, this helps Org-mode to keep
track of which subsequence should be used for a given entry. In this
setup, `C-c C-t' only operates within a subsequence, so it switches from
`DONE' to (nothing) to `TODO', and from `FIXED' to (nothing) to
`REPORT'. Therefore you need a mechanism to initially select the
correct sequence. Besides the obvious ways like typing a keyword or
using completion, you may also apply the following commands:
`C-S-<right>'
`C-S-<left>'
These keys jump from one TODO subset to the next. In the above
example, `C-S-<right>' would jump from `TODO' or `DONE' to
`REPORT', and any of the words in the second row to `CANCELED'.
`S-<right>'
`S-<left>'
`S-<<left>>' and `S-<<right>>' and walk through _all_ keywords
from all sets, so for example `S-<<right>>' would switch from
`DONE' to `REPORT' in the example above.

File: org, Node: Per file keywords, Prev: Multiple sets in one file, Up: TODO extensions
5.2.4 Setting up keywords for individual files
----------------------------------------------
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
It can be very useful to use different aspects of the TODO mechanism in
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
different files. For file-local settings, you need to add special lines
to the file which set the keywords and interpretation for that file
only. For example, to set one of the two examples discussed above, you
need one of the following lines, starting in column zero anywhere in the
file:
#+SEQ_TODO: TODO FEEDBACK VERIFY | DONE CANCELED
or
#+TYP_TODO: Fred Sara Lucy Mike | DONE
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
A setup for using several sets in parallel would be:
#+SEQ_TODO: "TODO" "|" "DONE"
#+SEQ_TODO: "REPORT" "BUG" "KNOWNCAUSE" "|" "FIXED"
#+SEQ_TODO: "|" "CANCELED"
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
To make sure you are using the correct keyword, type `#+' into the
buffer and then use `M-<TAB>' completion.
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
Remember that the keywords after the vertical bar (or the last
keyword if no bar is there) must always mean that the item is DONE
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
(although you may use a different word). After changing one of these
lines, use `C-c C-c' with the cursor still in the line to make the
changes known to Org-mode(1).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) Org-mode parses these lines only when Org-mode is activated
after visiting a file. `C-c C-c' with the cursor in a line starting
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
with `#+' is simply restarting Org-mode for the current buffer.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
File: org, Node: Priorities, Next: Breaking down tasks, Prev: TODO extensions, Up: TODO items
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
5.3 Priorities
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
==============
If you use Org-mode extensively to organize your work, you may end up
with a number of TODO entries so large that you'd like to prioritize
them. This can be done by placing a _priority cookie_ into the
headline, like this
*** TODO [#A] Write letter to Sam Fortune
With its standard setup, Org-mode supports priorities `A', `B', and
`C'. `A' is the highest priority. An entry without a cookie is
treated as priority `B'. Priorities make a difference only in the
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
agenda (*note Weekly/Daily agenda::).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c ,'
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
Set the priority of the current headline. The command prompts for
a priority character `A', `B' or `C'. When you press <SPC>
instead, the priority cookie is removed from the headline. The
priorities can also be changed "remotely" from the timeline and
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
agenda buffer with the `,' command (*note Agenda commands::).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`S-<up>'
`S-<down>'
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
Increase/decrease priority of current headline. Note that these
keys are also used to modify time stamps (*note Creating
timestamps::). Furthermore, these keys are also used by CUA-mode
(*note Conflicts::).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
You can change the range of allowed priorities by setting the
variables `org-highest-priority', `org-lowest-priority', and
`org-default-priority'. For an individual buffer, you may set these
values (highest, lowest, default) like this (please make sure that the
highest priority is earlier in the alphabet than the lowest priority):
#+PRIORITIES: A C B
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00

File: org, Node: Breaking down tasks, Next: Checkboxes, Prev: Priorities, Up: TODO items
5.4 Breaking tasks down into subtasks
=====================================
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
It is often advisable to break down large tasks into smaller, manageable
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
subtasks. You can do this by creating an outline tree below a TODO
item, with detailed subtasks on the tree(1). Another possibility is
2008-01-31 05:33:05 -05:00
the use of checkboxes to identify (a hierarchy of) a large number of
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
subtasks (*note Checkboxes::).
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) To keep subtasks out of the global TODO list, see the
`org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels'.

File: org, Node: Checkboxes, Prev: Breaking down tasks, Up: TODO items
5.5 Checkboxes
==============
Every item in a plain list (*note Plain lists::) can be made a checkbox
by starting it with the string `[ ]'. This feature is similar to TODO
items (*note TODO items::), but more lightweight. Checkboxes are not
included into the global TODO list, so they are often great to split a
task into a number of simple steps. Or you can use them in a shopping
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
list. To toggle a checkbox, use `C-c C-c', or try Piotr Zielinski's
`org-mouse.el'. Here is an example of a checkbox list.
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
* TODO Organize party [3/6]
- call people [1/3]
- [ ] Peter
- [X] Sarah
- [ ] Sam
- [X] order food
- [ ] think about what music to play
- [X] talk to the neighbors
The `[3/6]' and `[1/3]' in the first and second line are cookies
indicating how many checkboxes are present in this entry, and how many
of them have been checked off. This can give you an idea on how many
checkboxes remain, even without opening a folded entry. The cookies
can be placed into a headline or into (the first line of) a plain list
item. Each cookie covers all checkboxes structurally below that
headline/item. You have to insert the cookie yourself by typing either
`[/]' or `[%]'. In the first case you get an `n out of m' result, in
the second case you get information about the percentage of checkboxes
checked (in the above example, this would be `[50%]' and `[33%],
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
respectively').
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
The following commands work with checkboxes:
`C-c C-c'
Toggle checkbox at point.
`C-c C-x C-b'
Toggle checkbox at point.
- If there is an active region, toggle the first checkbox in
the region and set all remaining boxes to the same status as
the first. If you want to toggle all boxes in the region
independently, use a prefix argument.
- If the cursor is in a headline, toggle checkboxes in the
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
region between this headline and the next (so _not_ the
entire subtree).
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:05 -05:00
- If there is no active region, just toggle the checkbox at
point.
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
`M-S-<RET>'
Insert a new item with a checkbox. This works only if the cursor
is already in a plain list item (*note Plain lists::).
`C-c #'
Update the checkbox statistics in the current outline entry. When
called with a `C-u' prefix, update the entire file. Checkbox
statistic cookies are updated automatically if you toggle
checkboxes with `C-c C-c' and make new ones with `M-S-<RET>'. If
you delete boxes or add/change them by hand, use this command to
get things back into synch. Or simply toggle any checkbox twice
with `C-c C-c'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
File: org, Node: Tags, Next: Timestamps, Prev: TODO items, Up: Top
6 Tags
******
If you wish to implement a system of labels and contexts for
cross-correlating information, an excellent way is to assign tags to
headlines. Org-mode has extensive support for using tags.
Every headline can contain a list of tags, at the end of the
headline. Tags are normal words containing letters, numbers, `_', and
`@'. Tags must be preceded and followed by a single colon; like
`:WORK:'. Several tags can be specified like `:WORK:URGENT:'.
* Menu:
* Tag inheritance:: Tags use the tree structure of the outline
* Setting tags:: How to assign tags to a headline
* Tag searches:: Searching for combinations of tags

File: org, Node: Tag inheritance, Next: Setting tags, Prev: Tags, Up: Tags
6.1 Tag inheritance
===================
Tags make use of the hierarchical structure of outline trees. If a
heading has a certain tag, all subheadings will inherit the tag as
well. For example, in the list
* Meeting with the French group :WORK:
** Summary by Frank :BOSS:NOTES:
*** TODO Prepare slides for him :ACTION:
the final heading will have the tags `:WORK:', `:BOSS:', `:NOTES:', and
`:ACTION:'. When executing tag searches and Org-mode finds that a
certain headline matches the search criterion, it will not check any
sublevel headline, assuming that these likely also match, and that the
list of matches can become very long. This may not be what you want,
however, and you can influence inheritance and searching using the
variables `org-use-tag-inheritance' and `org-tags-match-list-sublevels'.

File: org, Node: Setting tags, Next: Tag searches, Prev: Tag inheritance, Up: Tags
6.2 Setting tags
================
Tags can simply be typed into the buffer at the end of a headline.
After a colon, `M-<TAB>' offers completion on tags. There is also a
special command for inserting tags:
`C-c C-c'
Enter new tags for the current headline. Org-mode will either
offer completion or a special single-key interface for setting
tags, see below. After pressing <RET>, the tags will be inserted
and aligned to `org-tags-column'. When called with a `C-u'
prefix, all tags in the current buffer will be aligned to that
column, just to make things look nice. TAGS are automatically
realigned after promotion, demotion, and TODO state changes (*note
TODO basics::).
Org will support tag insertion based on a _list of tags_. By
default this list is constructed dynamically, containing all tags
currently used in the buffer. You may also globally specify a hard list
of tags with the variable `org-tag-alist'. Finally you can set the
default tags for a given file with lines like
#+TAGS: @WORK @HOME @TENNISCLUB
#+TAGS: Laptop Car PC Sailboat
If you have globally defined your preferred set of tags using the
variable `org-tag-alist', but would like to use a dynamic tag list in a
specific file: Just add an empty TAGS option line to that file:
#+TAGS:
The default support method for entering tags is minibuffer
completion. However, Org-mode also implements a much better method:
_fast tag selection_. This method allows to select and deselect tags
with a single key per tag. To function efficiently, you should assign
unique keys to most tags. This can be done globally with
(setq org-tag-alist '(("@WORK" . ?w) ("@HOME" . ?h) ("Laptop" . ?l)))
or on a per-file basis with
#+TAGS: @WORK(w) @HOME(h) @TENNISCLUB(t) Laptop(l) PC(p)
You can also group together tags that are mutually exclusive. With
curly braces(1)
#+TAGS: { @WORK(w) @HOME(h) @TENNISCLUB(t) } Laptop(l) PC(p)
you indicate that at most one of `@WORK', `@HOME', and `@TENNISCLUB'
should be selected.
Don't forget to press `C-c C-c' with the cursor in one of these lines
to activate any changes.
If at least one tag has a selection key, pressing `C-c C-c' will
automatically present you with a special interface, listing inherited
tags, the tags of the current headline, and a list of all legal tags
with corresponding keys(2). In this interface, you can use the
following keys:
`a-z...'
Pressing keys assigned to tags will add or remove them from the
list of tags in the current line. Selecting a tag in a group of
mutually exclusive tags will turn off any other tags from that
group.
`<TAB>'
Enter a tag in the minibuffer, even if the tag is not in the
predefined list. You will be able to complete on all tags present
in the buffer.
`<SPC>'
Clear all tags for this line.
`<RET>'
Accept the modified set.
`C-g'
Abort without installing changes.
`q'
If `q' is not assigned to a tag, it aborts like `C-g'.
`!'
Turn off groups of mutually exclusive tags. Use this to (as an
exception) assign several tags from such a group.
`C-c'
Toggle auto-exit after the next change (see below). If you are
using expert mode, the first `C-c' will display the selection
window.
This method lets you assign tags to a headline with very few keys. With
the above setup, you could clear the current tags and set `@HOME',
`Laptop' and `PC' tags with just the following keys: `C-c C-c <SPC> h l
p <RET>'. Switching from `@HOME' to `@WORK' would be done with `C-c
C-c w <RET>' or alternatively with `C-c C-c C-c w'. Adding the
non-predefined tag `Sarah' could be done with `C-c C-c <TAB> S a r a h
<RET> <RET>'.
If you find that most of the time, you need only a single keypress to
modify your list of tags, set the variable
`org-fast-tag-selection-single-key'. Then you no longer have to press
<RET> to exit fast tag selection - it will immediately exit after the
first change. If you then occasionally need more keys, press `C-c' to
turn off auto-exit for the current tag selection process (in effect:
start selection with `C-c C-c C-c' instead of `C-c C-c'). If you set
the variable to the value `expert', the special window is not even
shown for single-key tag selection, it comes up only when you press an
extra `C-c'.
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) In `org-mode-alist' use `'(:startgroup)' and `'(:endgroup)',
respectively. Several groups are allowed.
(2) Keys will automatically be assigned to tags which have no
configured keys.

File: org, Node: Tag searches, Prev: Setting tags, Up: Tags
6.3 Tag searches
================
Once a tags system has been set up, it can be used to collect related
information into special lists.
`C-c \'
Create a sparse tree with all headlines matching a tags search.
With a `C-u' prefix argument, ignore headlines that are not a TODO
line.
`C-c a m'
Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files. *Note
Matching headline tags::.
`C-c a M'
Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files, but
check only TODO items and force checking subitems (see variable
`org-tags-match-list-sublevels').
A tags search string can use Boolean operators `&' for AND and `|'
for OR. `&' binds more strongly than `|'. Parenthesis are currently
not implemented. A tag may also be preceded by `-', to select against
it, and `+' is syntactic sugar for positive selection. The AND
operator `&' is optional when `+' or `-' is present. Examples:
`+WORK-BOSS'
Select headlines tagged `:WORK:', but discard those also tagged
`:BOSS:'.
`WORK|LAPTOP'
Selects lines tagged `:WORK:' or `:LAPTOP:'.
`WORK|LAPTOP&NIGHT'
Like before, but require the `:LAPTOP:' lines to be tagged also
`NIGHT'.
If you are using multi-state TODO keywords (*note TODO
extensions::), it can be useful to also match on the TODO keyword.
This can be done by adding a condition after a slash to a tags match.
The syntax is similar to the tag matches, but should be applied with
consideration: For example, a positive selection on several TODO
keywords can not meaningfully be combined with boolean AND. However,
_negative selection_ combined with AND can be meaningful. To make sure
that only lines are checked that actually have any TODO keyword, use
`C-c a M', or equivalently start the todo part after the slash with `!'.
Examples:
`WORK/WAITING'
Select `:WORK:'-tagged TODO lines with the specific TODO keyword
`WAITING'.
`WORK/!-WAITING-NEXT'
Select `:WORK:'-tagged TODO lines that are neither `WAITING' nor
`NEXT'
`WORK/+WAITING|+NEXT'
Select `:WORK:'-tagged TODO lines that are either `WAITING' or
`NEXT'.
Any element of the tag/todo match can be a regular expression - in
this case it must be enclosed in curly braces. For example,
`WORK+{^BOSS.*}' matches headlines that contain the tag `WORK' and any
tag starting with `BOSS'.
You can also require a headline to be of a certain level, by writing
instead of any TAG an expression like `LEVEL=3'. For example, a search
`+LEVEL=3+BOSS/-DONE' lists all level three headlines that have the tag
BOSS and are _not_ marked with the todo keyword DONE.

File: org, Node: Timestamps, Next: Agenda views, Prev: Tags, Up: Top
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
7 Timestamps
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
************
Items can be labeled with timestamps to make them useful for project
planning.
* Menu:
* Time stamps:: Assigning a time to a tree entry
* Creating timestamps:: Commands which insert timestamps
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* Deadlines and scheduling:: Planning your work
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
* Progress logging:: Documenting when what work was done.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

File: org, Node: Time stamps, Next: Creating timestamps, Prev: Timestamps, Up: Timestamps
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
7.1 Time stamps, deadlines and scheduling
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
=========================================
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
A time stamp is a specification of a date (possibly with time or a range
of times) in a special format, either `<2003-09-16 Tue>' or
`<2003-09-16 Tue 09:39>' or `<2003-09-16 Tue 12:00-12:30>'(1). A time
stamp can appear anywhere in the headline or body of an org-tree entry.
Its presence causes entries to be shown on specific dates in the agenda
(*note Weekly/Daily agenda::). We distinguish:
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
PLAIN TIME STAMP
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
A simple time stamp just assigns a date/time to an item. This is
just like writing down an appointment in a paper agenda, or like
2008-01-31 05:31:59 -05:00
writing down an event in a diary, when you want to take note of
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
when something happened. In the timeline and agenda displays, the
headline of an entry associated with a plain time stamp will be
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
shown exactly on that date.
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* Meet Peter at the movies <2006-11-01 Wed 19:15>
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* Discussion on climate change <2006-11-02 Thu 20:00-22:00>
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
TIME STAMP WITH REPEATER INTERVAL
A time stamp may contain a _repeater interval_, indicating that it
applies not only on the given date, but again and again after a
certain interval of N days (d), weeks (w), months(m), or years(y).
The following will show up in the agenda every Wednesday:
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* Pick up Sam at school <2007-05-16 Wed 12:30 +1w>
DIARY-STYLE SEXP ENTRIES
For more complex date specifications, Org-mode supports using the
special sexp diary entries implemented in the Emacs calendar/diary
package. For example
* The nerd meeting on every 2nd Thursday of the month
<%%(diary-float t 4 2)>
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
TIME/DATE RANGE
Two time stamps connected by `--' denote a range. The headline
will be shown on the first and last day of the range, and on any
dates that are displayed and fall in the range. Here is an
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
example:
** Meeting in Amsterdam
<2004-08-23 Mon>--<2004-08-26 Thu>
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
INACTIVE TIME STAMP
Just like a plain time stamp, but with square brackets instead of
angular ones. These time stamps are inactive in the sense that
they do _not_ trigger an entry to show up in the agenda.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* Gillian comes late for the fifth time [2006-11-01 Wed]
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) This is the standard ISO date/time format. If you cannot get
used to these, see *Note Custom time format::
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
File: org, Node: Creating timestamps, Next: Deadlines and scheduling, Prev: Time stamps, Up: Timestamps
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
7.2 Creating timestamps
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
=======================
For Org-mode to recognize time stamps, they need to be in the specific
format. All commands listed below produce time stamps in the correct
format.
`C-c .'
Prompt for a date and insert a corresponding time stamp. When the
cursor is at a previously used time stamp, it is updated to NOW.
When this command is used twice in succession, a time range is
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
inserted.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-u C-c .'
Like `C-c .', but use the alternative format which contains date
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
and time. The default time can be rounded to multiples of 5
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
minutes, see the option `org-time-stamp-rounding-minutes'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c !'
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
Like `C-c .', but insert an inactive time stamp that will not cause
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
an agenda entry.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c <'
Insert a time stamp corresponding to the cursor date in the
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Calendar.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c >'
Access the Emacs calendar for the current date. If there is a
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
timestamp in the current line, goto the corresponding date instead.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c C-o'
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
Access the agenda for the date given by the time stamp or -range at
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
point (*note Weekly/Daily agenda::).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`S-<left>'
`S-<right>'
Change date at cursor by one day. These key bindings conflict with
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
CUA-mode (*note Conflicts::).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`S-<up>'
`S-<down>'
Change the item under the cursor in a timestamp. The cursor can
be on a year, month, day, hour or minute. Note that if the cursor
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
is in a headline and not at a time stamp, these same keys modify
the priority of an item. (*note Priorities::). The key bindings
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
also conflict with CUA-mode (*note Conflicts::).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c C-y'
Evaluate a time range by computing the difference between start and
end. With prefix arg, insert result after the time range (in a
table: into the following column).
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* Menu:
2008-01-31 05:33:05 -05:00
* The date/time prompt:: How org-mode helps you entering date and time
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* Custom time format:: Making dates look differently
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
File: org, Node: The date/time prompt, Next: Custom time format, Prev: Creating timestamps, Up: Creating timestamps
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
7.2.1 The date/time prompt
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
--------------------------
When Org-mode prompts for a date/time, the prompt suggests to enter an
ISO date. But it will in fact accept any string containing some date
and/or time information. You can, for example, use `C-y' to paste a
(possibly multi-line) string copied from an email message. Org-mode
will find whatever information is in there and will replace anything not
specified with the current date and time. For example:
3-2-5 --> 2003-02-05
feb 15 --> currentyear-02-15
sep 12 9 --> 2009-09-12
12:45 --> today 12:45
22 sept 0:34 --> currentyear-09-22 0:34
12 --> currentyear-currentmonth-12
Fri --> nearest Friday (today or later)
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
+4 --> 4 days from now (if +N is the only thing given)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
The function understands English month and weekday abbreviations. If
you want to use unabbreviated names and/or other languages, configure
the variables `parse-time-months' and `parse-time-weekdays'.
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
Parallel to the minibuffer prompt, a calendar is popped up(1). When
you exit the date prompt, either by clicking on a date in the calendar,
or by pressing <RET>, the date selected in the calendar will be
combined with the information entered at the prompt. You can control
the calendar fully from the minibuffer:
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`<'
Scroll calendar backwards by one month.
`>'
Scroll calendar forwards by one month.
`mouse-1'
Select date by clicking on it.
`S-<right>'
One day forward.
`S-<left>'
One day back.
`S-<down>'
One week forward.
`S-<up>'
One week back.
`M-S-<right>'
One month forward.
`M-S-<left>'
One month back.
`<RET>'
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
Choose date in calendar (only if nothing was typed into
minibuffer).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) If you don't need/want the calendar, configure the variable
`org-popup-calendar-for-date-prompt'.
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
File: org, Node: Custom time format, Prev: The date/time prompt, Up: Creating timestamps
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
7.2.2 Custom time format
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
------------------------
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
Org-mode uses the standard ISO notation for dates and times as it is
defined in ISO 8601. If you cannot get used to this and require another
representation of date and time to keep you happy, you can get it by
customizing the variables `org-display-custom-times' and
`org-time-stamp-custom-formats'.
`C-c C-x C-t'
Toggle the display of custom formats for dates and times.
Org-mode needs the default format for scanning, so the custom date/time
format does not _replace_ the default format - instead it is put _over_
the default format using text properties. This has the following
consequences:
* You cannot place the cursor onto a time stamp anymore, only before
or after.
* The `S-<up>/<down>' keys can no longer be used to adjust each
component of a time stamp. If the cursor is at the beginning of
the stamp, `S-<up>/<down>' will change the stamp by one day, just
like `S-<left>/<right>'. At the end of the stamp, the time will
be changed by one minute.
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* If the time stamp contains a range of clock times or a repeater,
these will not be overlayed, but remain in the buffer as they were.
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* When you delete a time stamp character-by-character, it will only
disappear from the buffer after _all_ (invisible) characters
belonging to the ISO timestamp have been removed.
* If the custom time stamp format is longer than the default and you
are using dates in tables, table alignment will be messed up. If
the custom format is shorter, things do work as expected.

2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
File: org, Node: Deadlines and scheduling, Next: Progress logging, Prev: Creating timestamps, Up: Timestamps
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
7.3 Deadlines and Scheduling
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
============================
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
A time stamp may be preceded by special keywords to facilitate planning
of work:
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
DEADLINE
The task (most likely a TODO item) is supposed to be finished on
that date, and it will be listed then. In addition, the
compilation for _today_ will carry a warning about the approaching
or missed deadline, starting `org-deadline-warning-days' before
the due date, and continuing until the entry is marked DONE. An
example:
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
*** TODO write article about the Earth for the Guide
The editor in charge is [[bbdb:Ford Prefect]]
DEADLINE: <2004-02-29 Sun>
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
SCHEDULED
You are planning to start working on that task on the given date.
The headline will be listed under the given date(1). In addition,
a reminder that the scheduled date has passed will be present in
the compilation for _today_, until the entry is marked DONE.
I.e., the task will automatically be forwarded until completed.
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
*** TODO Call Trillian for a date on New Years Eve.
SCHEDULED: <2004-12-25 Sat>
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* Menu:
* Inserting deadline/schedule::
* Repeated tasks::
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) It will still be listed on that date after it has been marked
DONE. If you don't like this, set the variable
`org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-done'.

File: org, Node: Inserting deadline/schedule, Next: Repeated tasks, Prev: Deadlines and scheduling, Up: Deadlines and scheduling
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
7.3.1 Inserting deadline/schedule
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
---------------------------------
The following commands allow to quickly insert a deadline or to schedule
an item:
`C-c C-d'
Insert `DEADLINE' keyword along with a stamp. The insertion will
happen in the line directly following the headline.
`C-c C-w'
Create a sparse tree with all deadlines that are either past-due,
or which will become due within `org-deadline-warning-days'. With
`C-u' prefix, show all deadlines in the file. With a numeric
prefix, check that many days. For example, `C-1 C-c C-w' shows
all deadlines due tomorrow.
`C-c C-s'
Insert `SCHEDULED' keyword along with a stamp. The insertion will
happen in the line directly following the headline. Any CLOSED
timestamp will be removed.
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
File: org, Node: Repeated tasks, Prev: Inserting deadline/schedule, Up: Deadlines and scheduling
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
7.3.2 Repeated Tasks
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
--------------------
Some tasks need to be repeated again and again, and Org-mode therefore
allows to use a repeater in a DEADLINE or SCHEDULED time stamp, for
example:
** TODO Pay the rent
DEADLINE: <2005-10-01 Sat +1m>
Deadlines and scheduled items produce entries in the agenda when they
are over-due, so it is important to be able to mark such an entry as
completed once you have done so. When you mark a DEADLINE or a SCHEDULE
with the todo keyword DONE, it will no longer produce entries in the
agenda. The problem with this is, however, that then also the _next_
instance of the repeated entry will not be active. Org-mode deals with
this in the following way: When you try to mark such an entry DONE
(using `C-c C-t'), it will shift the base date of the repeating time
stamp by the repeater interval, and immediately set the entry state
back to TODO. In the example above, setting the state to DONE would
actually switch the date like this:
** TODO Pay the rent
DEADLINE: <2005-11-01 Tue +1m>
You will also be prompted for a note that will be put under the
DEADLINE line to keep a record that you actually acted on the previous
instance of this deadline.
As a consequence of shifting the base date, this entry will no
longer be visible in the agenda when checking past dates, but all
future instances will be visible.
You may have both scheduling and deadline information for a specific
task - just make sure that the repeater intervals on both are the same.

File: org, Node: Progress logging, Prev: Deadlines and scheduling, Up: Timestamps
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
7.4 Progress Logging
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
====================
Org-mode can automatically record a time stamp when you mark a TODO item
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
as DONE, or even each time when you change the state of a TODO item.
You can also measure precisely the time you spent on specific items in a
project by starting and stopping a clock when you start and stop working
on an aspect of a project.
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
* Menu:
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* Closing items:: When was this entry marked DONE?
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* Tracking TODO state changes:: When did the status change?
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
* Clocking work time:: When exactly did you work on this item?

2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
File: org, Node: Closing items, Next: Tracking TODO state changes, Prev: Progress logging, Up: Progress logging
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
7.4.1 Closing items
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
-------------------
If you want to keep track of _when_ a certain TODO item was finished,
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
turn on logging with(1)
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
(setq org-log-done t)
Then each time you turn a TODO entry into DONE using either `C-c C-t'
in the Org-mode buffer or `t' in the agenda buffer, a line `CLOSED:
[timestamp]' will be inserted just after the headline. If you turn the
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
entry back into a TODO item through further state cycling, that line
will be removed again. In the timeline (*note Timeline::) and in the
agenda (*note Weekly/Daily agenda::), you can then use the `l' key to
display the TODO items closed on each day, giving you an overview of
what has been done on a day. If you want to record a note along with
the timestamp, use(2)
(setq org-log-done '(done))
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) The corresponding in-buffer setting is: `#+STARTUP: logdone'
(2) The corresponding in-buffer setting is: `#+STARTUP: lognotedone'
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
File: org, Node: Tracking TODO state changes, Next: Clocking work time, Prev: Closing items, Up: Progress logging
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
7.4.2 Tracking TODO state changes
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
---------------------------------
When TODO keywords are used as workflow states (*note Workflow
states::), you might want to keep track of when a state change occurred,
and you may even want to attach notes to that state change. With the
setting
(setq org-log-done '(state))
each state change will prompt you for a note that will be attached to
the current headline. Very likely you do not want this verbose tracking
all the time, so it is probably better to configure this behavior with
in-buffer options. For example, if you are tracking purchases, put
these into a separate file that starts with:
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
#+SEQ_TODO: TODO ORDERED INVOICE PAYED RECEIVED SENT
#+STARTUP: lognotestate

File: org, Node: Clocking work time, Prev: Tracking TODO state changes, Up: Progress logging
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
7.4.3 Clocking work time
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
------------------------
Org-mode allows you to clock the time you spent on specific tasks in a
project. When you start working on an item, you can start the clock.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
When you stop working on that task, or when you mark the task done, the
clock is stopped and the corresponding time interval is recorded. It
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
also computes the total time spent on each subtree of a project.
`C-c C-x C-i'
Start the clock on the current item (clock-in). This inserts the
CLOCK keyword together with a timestamp.
`C-c C-x C-o'
Stop the clock (clock-out). The inserts another timestamp at the
same location where the clock was last started. It also directly
computes the resulting time in inserts it after the time range as
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
`=> HH:MM'. See the variable `org-log-done' for the possibility to
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
record an additional note together with the clock-out time
stamp(1).
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
`C-c C-y'
Recompute the time interval after changing one of the time stamps.
This is only necessary if you edit the time stamps directly. If
you change them with `S-<cursor>' keys, the update is automatic.
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
`C-c C-t'
Changing the TODO state of an item to DONE automatically stops the
clock if it is running in this same item.
`C-c C-x C-x'
Cancel the current clock. This is useful if a clock was started by
mistake, or if you ended up working on something else.
`C-c C-x C-d'
Display time summaries for each subtree in the current buffer.
This puts overlays at the end of each headline, showing the total
time recorded under that heading, including the time of any
subheadings. You can use visibility cycling to study the tree, but
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
the overlays disappear when you change the buffer (see variable
`org-remove-highlights-with-change') or press `C-c C-c'.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
`C-c C-x C-r'
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
Insert a dynamic block (*note Dynamic blocks::) containing a clock
report as an org-mode table into the current file.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
#+BEGIN: clocktable :maxlevel 2 :emphasize nil
#+END: clocktable
If such a block already exists, its content is replaced by the new
table. The `BEGIN' line can specify options:
:maxlevels Maximum level depth to which times are listed in the table.
:emphasize When `t', emphasize level one and level two items
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
:block The time block to consider. This block is specified relative
to the current time and may be any of these keywords:
`today', `yesterday', `thisweek', `lastweek',
`thismonth', `lastmonth', `thisyear', or `lastyear'.
:tstart A time string specifying when to start considering times
:tend A time string specifying when to stop considering times
So to get a clock summary for the current day, you could write
#+BEGIN: clocktable :maxlevel 2 :block today
#+END: clocktable
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
and to use a specific time range you could write(2)
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
#+BEGIN: clocktable :tstart "<2006-08-10 Thu 10:00>"
:tend "<2006-08-10 Thu 12:00>"
#+END: clocktable
`C-u C-c C-x C-u'
Update all dynamic blocks (*note Dynamic blocks::). This is
useful if you have several clocktable blocks in a buffer.
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
The `l' key may be used in the timeline (*note Timeline::) and in
the agenda (*note Weekly/Daily agenda::) to show which tasks have been
worked on or closed during a day.
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
---------- Footnotes ----------
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
(1) The corresponding in-buffer setting is: `#+STARTUP:
lognoteclock-out'
(2) Note that all parameters must be specified in a single line -
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
the line is broken here only to fit it onto the manual.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
File: org, Node: Agenda views, Next: Embedded LaTeX, Prev: Timestamps, Up: Top
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
8 Agenda Views
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
**************
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
Due to the way Org-mode works, TODO items, time-stamped items, and
tagged headlines can be scattered throughout a file or even a number of
files. To get an overview over open action items, or over events that
are important for a particular date, this information must be collected,
sorted and displayed in an organized way.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Org-mode can select items based on various criteria, and display them
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
in a separate buffer. Six different view types are provided:
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* an _agenda_ that is like a calendar and shows information for
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
specific dates,
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* a _TODO list_ that covers all unfinished action items,
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
* a _tags view_, showings headlines based on the tags associated
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
with them,
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* a _timeline view_ that shows all events in a single Org-mode file,
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
in time-sorted view,
* a _stuck projects view_ showing projects that currently don't move
along, and
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
* _custom views_ that are special tag/keyword searches and
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
combinations of different views.
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
The extracted information is displayed in a special _agenda buffer_.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
This buffer is read-only, but provides commands to visit the
corresponding locations in the original Org-mode files, and even to
edit these files remotely.
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
Two variables control how the agenda buffer is displayed and whether
the window configuration is restored when the agenda exits:
`org-agenda-window-setup' and `org-agenda-restore-windows-after-quit'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Menu:
* Agenda files:: Files being searched for agenda information
* Agenda dispatcher:: Keyboard access to agenda views
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
* Built-in agenda views:: What is available out of the box?
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* Presentation and sorting:: How agenda items are prepared for display
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Agenda commands:: Remote editing of org trees
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* Custom agenda views:: Defining special searches and views
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
File: org, Node: Agenda files, Next: Agenda dispatcher, Prev: Agenda views, Up: Agenda views
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
8.1 Agenda files
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
================
The information to be shown is collected from all _agenda files_, the
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
files listed in the variable `org-agenda-files'(1). Thus even if you
only work with a single Org-mode file, this file should be put into
that list(2). You can customize `org-agenda-files', but the easiest
way to maintain it is through the following commands
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c ['
Add current file to the list of agenda files. The file is added to
the front of the list. If it was already in the list, it is moved
to the front. With prefix arg, file is added/moved to the end.
`C-c ]'
Remove current file from the list of agenda files.
`C-,'
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
`C-''
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
Cycle through agenda file list, visiting one file after the other.
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
The Org menu contains the current list of files and can be used to
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
visit any of them.
---------- Footnotes ----------
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
(1) If the value of that variable is not a list, but a single file
name, then the list of agenda files will be maintained in that external
file.
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
(2) When using the dispatcher, pressing `1' before selecting a
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
command will actually limit the command to the current file, and ignore
`org-agenda-files' until the next dispatcher command.

2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
File: org, Node: Agenda dispatcher, Next: Built-in agenda views, Prev: Agenda files, Up: Agenda views
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
8.2 The agenda dispatcher
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
=========================
The views are created through a dispatcher that should be bound to a
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
global key, for example `C-c a' (*note Installation::). In the
following we will assume that `C-c a' is indeed how the dispatcher is
accessed and list keyboard access to commands accordingly. After
pressing `C-c a', an additional letter is required to execute a
command. The dispatcher offers the following default commands:
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`a'
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
Create the calendar-like agenda (*note Weekly/Daily agenda::).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`t / T'
Create a list of all TODO items (*note Global TODO list::).
`m / M'
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
Create a list of headlines matching a TAGS expression (*note
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Matching headline tags::).
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
`L'
Create the timeline view for the current buffer (*note Timeline::).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
`# / !'
Create a list of stuck projects (*note Stuck projects::).
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
`1'
Restrict an agenda command to the current buffer. After pressing
`1', you still need to press the character selecting the command.
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
`0'
If there is an active region, restrict the following agenda
command to the region. Otherwise, restrict it to the current
subtree. After pressing `0', you still need to press the
character selecting the command.
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
You can also define custom commands that will be accessible through
the dispatcher, just like the default commands. This includes the
possibility to create extended agenda buffers that contain several
blocks together, for example the weekly agenda, the global TODO list and
a number of special tags matches. *Note Custom agenda views::.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
File: org, Node: Built-in agenda views, Next: Presentation and sorting, Prev: Agenda dispatcher, Up: Agenda views
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
8.3 The built-in agenda views
=============================
In this section we describe the built-in views.
* Menu:
* Weekly/Daily agenda:: The calendar page with current tasks
* Global TODO list:: All unfinished action items
* Matching headline tags:: Structured information with fine-tuned search
* Timeline:: Time-sorted view for single file
* Stuck projects:: Find projects you need to review

File: org, Node: Weekly/Daily agenda, Next: Global TODO list, Prev: Built-in agenda views, Up: Built-in agenda views
8.3.1 The weekly/daily agenda
-----------------------------
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
The purpose of the weekly/daily _agenda_ is to act like a page of a
paper agenda, showing all the tasks for the current week or day.
`C-c a a'
Compile an agenda for the current week from a list of org files.
The agenda shows the entries for each day. With a `C-u' prefix (or
when the variable `org-agenda-include-all-todo' is `t'), all
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
unfinished TODO items (including those without a date) are also
listed at the beginning of the buffer, before the first date.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
Remote editing from the agenda buffer means, for example, that you
can change the dates of deadlines and appointments from the agenda
buffer. The commands available in the Agenda buffer are listed in
*Note Agenda commands::.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
Calendar/Diary integration
..........................
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Emacs contains the calendar and diary by Edward M. Reingold. The
calendar displays a three-month calendar with holidays from different
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
countries and cultures. The diary allows you to keep track of
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
anniversaries, lunar phases, sunrise/set, recurrent appointments
(weekly, monthly) and more. In this way, it is quite complementary to
Org-mode. It can be very useful to combine output from Org-mode with
the diary.
In order to include entries from the Emacs diary into Org-mode's
agenda, you only need to customize the variable
(setq org-agenda-include-diary t)
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
After that, everything will happen automatically. All diary entries
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
including holidays, anniversaries etc will be included in the agenda
buffer created by Org-mode. <SPC>, <TAB>, and <RET> can be used from
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
the agenda buffer to jump to the diary file in order to edit existing
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
diary entries. The `i' command to insert new entries for the current
date works in the agenda buffer, as well as the commands `S', `M', and
`C' to display Sunrise/Sunset times, show lunar phases and to convert
to other calendars, respectively. `c' can be used to switch back and
forth between calendar and agenda.
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
If you are using the diary only for sexp entries and holidays, it is
faster to not use the above setting, but instead to copy or even move
the entries into an Org-mode file. Org-mode evaluates diary-style sexp
entries, and does it faster because there is no overhead for first
creating the diary display. Note that the sexp entries must start at
the left margin, no white space is allowed before them. For example,
the following segment of an Org-mode file will be processed and entries
will be made in the agenda:
* Birthdays and similar stuff
#+CATEGORY: Holiday
%%(org-calendar-holiday) ; special function for holiday names
#+CATEGORY: Ann
%%(diary-anniversary 14 5 1956) Artur Dent %d is years old
%%(diary-anniversary 2 10 1869) Mahatma Gandhi would be %d years old
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
File: org, Node: Global TODO list, Next: Matching headline tags, Prev: Weekly/Daily agenda, Up: Built-in agenda views
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
8.3.2 The global TODO list
--------------------------
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
The global TODO list contains all unfinished TODO items, formatted and
collected into a single place.
`C-c a t'
Show the global TODO list. This collects the TODO items from all
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
agenda files (*note Agenda views::) into a single buffer. The
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
buffer is in `agenda-mode', so there are commands to examine and
manipulate the TODO entries directly from that buffer (*note
2008-01-31 05:31:55 -05:00
Agenda commands::).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c a T'
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
Like the above, but allows selection of a specific TODO keyword.
You can also do this by specifying a prefix argument to `C-c a t'.
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
With a `C-u' prefix you are prompted for a keyword, and you may
also specify several keywords by separating them with `|' as
boolean OR operator. With a numeric prefix, the Nth keyword in
`org-todo-keywords' is selected. The `r' key in the agenda buffer
regenerates it, and you can give a prefix argument to this command
to change the selected TODO keyword, for example `3 r'. If you
often need a search for a specific keyword, define a custom
command for it (*note Agenda dispatcher::).
2008-01-31 05:32:48 -05:00
Matching specific TODO keywords can also be done as part of a tags
search (*note Tag searches::).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Remote editing of TODO items means that you can change the state of a
TODO entry with a single key press. The commands available in the TODO
list are described in *Note Agenda commands::.
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
Normally the global todo list simply shows all headlines with TODO
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
keywords. This list can become very long. There are two ways to keep
it more compact:
- Some people view a TODO item that has been _scheduled_ for
execution (*note Time stamps::) as no longer _open_. Configure the
variable `org-agenda-todo-ignore-scheduled' to exclude scheduled
items from the global TODO list.
- TODO items may have sublevels to break up the task into subtasks.
In such cases it may be enough to list only the highest level TODO
headline and omit the sublevels from the global list. Configure
the variable `org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels' to get this behavior.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
File: org, Node: Matching headline tags, Next: Timeline, Prev: Global TODO list, Up: Built-in agenda views
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
8.3.3 Matching headline tags
----------------------------
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
If headlines in the agenda files are marked with _tags_ (*note Tags::),
you can select headlines based on the tags that apply to them and
collect them into an agenda buffer.
`C-c a m'
Produce a list of all headlines that match a given set of tags.
The command prompts for a selection criterion, which is a boolean
logic expression with tags, like `+WORK+URGENT-WITHBOSS' or
`WORK|HOME' (*note Tags::). If you often need a specific search,
define a custom command for it (*note Agenda dispatcher::).
`C-c a M'
Like `C-c a m', but only select headlines that are also TODO items
and force checking subitems (see variable
2008-01-31 05:32:48 -05:00
`org-tags-match-list-sublevels'). Matching specific todo keywords
together with a tags match is also possible, see *Note Tag
searches::.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
The commands available in the tags list are described in *Note
Agenda commands::.

2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
File: org, Node: Timeline, Next: Stuck projects, Prev: Matching headline tags, Up: Built-in agenda views
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
8.3.4 Timeline for a single file
--------------------------------
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
The timeline summarizes all time-stamped items from a single Org-mode
file in a _time-sorted view_. The main purpose of this command is to
give an overview over events in a project.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
`C-c a L'
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Show a time-sorted view of the org file, with all time-stamped
items. When called with a `C-u' prefix, all unfinished TODO
entries (scheduled or not) are also listed under the current date.
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
The commands available in the timeline buffer are listed in *Note
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Agenda commands::.

2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
File: org, Node: Stuck projects, Prev: Timeline, Up: Built-in agenda views
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
8.3.5 Stuck projects
--------------------
If you are following a system like David Allen's GTD to organize your
work, one of the "duties" you have is a regular review to make sure
that all projects move along. A _stuck_ project is a project that has
no defined next actions, so it will never show up in the TODO lists
Org-mode produces. During the review, you need to identify such
projects and define next actions for them.
`C-c a #'
List projects that are stuck.
`C-c a !'
Customize the variable `org-stuck-projects' to define what a stuck
project is and how to find it.
You almost certainly will have to configure this view before it will
work for you. The built-in default assumes that all your projects are
level-2 headlines, and that a project is not stuck if it has at least
one entry marked with a todo keyword TODO or NEXT or NEXTACTION.
Lets assume that you, in your own way of using Org-mode, identify
projects with a tag PROJECT, and that you use a todo keyword MAYBE to
indicate a project that should not be considered yet. Lets further
assume that the todo keyword DONE marks finished projects, and that NEXT
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
and TODO indicate next actions. The tag @SHOP indicates shopping and
is a next action even without the NEXT tag. Finally, if the project
contains the special word IGNORE anywhere, it should not be listed
either. In this case you would start by identifying eligible projects
with a tags/todo match `+PROJECT/-MAYBE-DONE', and then check for TODO,
NEXT, @SHOP, and IGNORE in the subtree to identify projects that are
not stuck. The correct customization for this is
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
(setq org-stuck-projects
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
'("+PROJECT/-MAYBE-DONE" ("NEXT" "TODO") ("@SHOP")
"\\<IGNORE\\>"))
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00

File: org, Node: Presentation and sorting, Next: Agenda commands, Prev: Built-in agenda views, Up: Agenda views
8.4 Presentation and sorting
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
============================
Before displaying items in an agenda view, Org-mode visually prepares
the items and sorts them. Each item occupies a single line. The line
starts with a _prefix_ that contains the _category_ (*note
Categories::) of the item and other important information. You can
customize the prefix using the option `org-agenda-prefix-format'. The
prefix is followed by a cleaned-up version of the outline headline
associated with the item.
* Menu:
* Categories:: Not all tasks are equal
* Time-of-day specifications:: How the agenda knows the time
* Sorting of agenda items:: The order of things

File: org, Node: Categories, Next: Time-of-day specifications, Prev: Presentation and sorting, Up: Presentation and sorting
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
8.4.1 Categories
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
----------------
The category is a broad label assigned to each agenda item. By default,
the category is simply derived from the file name, but you can also
specify it with a special line in the buffer, like this:
#+CATEGORY: Thesis
If there are several such lines in a file, each specifies the
category for the text below it (but the first category also applies to
any text before the first CATEGORY line). The display in the agenda
buffer looks best if the category is not longer than 10 characters.

File: org, Node: Time-of-day specifications, Next: Sorting of agenda items, Prev: Categories, Up: Presentation and sorting
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
8.4.2 Time-of-Day Specifications
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
--------------------------------
Org-mode checks each agenda item for a time-of-day specification. The
time can be part of the time stamp that triggered inclusion into the
agenda, for example as in `<2005-05-10 Tue 19:00>'. Time ranges can be
specified with two time stamps, like
`<2005-05-10 Tue 20:30>--<2005-05-10 Tue 22:15>'.
In the headline of the entry itself, a time(range) may also appear as
plain text (like `12:45' or a `8:30-1pm'. If the agenda integrates the
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
Emacs diary (*note Weekly/Daily agenda::), time specifications in diary
entries are recognized as well.
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
For agenda display, Org-mode extracts the time and displays it in a
standard 24 hour format as part of the prefix. The example times in
the previous paragraphs would end up in the agenda like this:
8:30-13:00 Arthur Dent lies in front of the bulldozer
12:45...... Ford Prefect arrives and takes Arthur to the pub
19:00...... The Vogon reads his poem
20:30-22:15 Marwin escorts the Hitchhikers to the bridge
If the agenda is in single-day mode, or for the display of today, the
timed entries are embedded in a time grid, like
8:00...... ------------------
8:30-13:00 Arthur Dent lies in front of the bulldozer
10:00...... ------------------
12:00...... ------------------
12:45...... Ford Prefect arrives and takes Arthur to the pub
14:00...... ------------------
16:00...... ------------------
18:00...... ------------------
19:00...... The Vogon reads his poem
20:00...... ------------------
20:30-22:15 Marwin escorts the Hitchhikers to the bridge
The time grid can be turned on and off with the variable
`org-agenda-use-time-grid', and can be configured with
`org-agenda-time-grid'.

File: org, Node: Sorting of agenda items, Prev: Time-of-day specifications, Up: Presentation and sorting
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
8.4.3 Sorting of agenda items
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
-----------------------------
Before being inserted into a view, the items are sorted. How this is
done depends on the type of view.
* For the daily/weekly agenda, the items for each day are sorted.
The default order is to first collect all items containing an
explicit time-of-day specification. These entries will be shown
at the beginning of the list, as a _schedule_ for the day. After
that, items remain grouped in categories, in the sequence given by
`org-agenda-files'. Within each category, items are sorted by
priority (*note Priorities::), which is composed of the base
priority (2000 for priority `A', 1000 for `B', and 0 for `C'),
plus additional increments for overdue scheduled or deadline items.
* For the TODO list, items remain in the order of categories, but
within each category, sorting takes place according to priority
(*note Priorities::).
* For tags matches, items are not sorted at all, but just appear in
the sequence in which they are found in the agenda files.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
Sorting can be customized using the variable
`org-agenda-sorting-strategy'.

File: org, Node: Agenda commands, Next: Custom agenda views, Prev: Presentation and sorting, Up: Agenda views
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
8.5 Commands in the agenda buffer
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
=================================
Entries in the agenda buffer are linked back to the org file or diary
file where they originate. You are not allowed to edit the agenda
buffer itself, but commands are provided to show and jump to the
original entry location, and to edit the org-files "remotely" from the
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
agenda buffer. In this way, all information is stored only once,
removing the risk that your agenda and note files may diverge.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Some commands can be executed with mouse clicks on agenda lines. For
the other commands, the cursor needs to be in the desired line.
Motion
......
`n'
Next line (same as <up>).
`p'
Previous line (same as <down>).
View/GoTo org file
..................
`mouse-3'
`<SPC>'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Display the original location of the item in another window.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`L'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Display original location and recenter that window.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`mouse-2'
`mouse-1'
`<TAB>'
Go to the original location of the item in another window. Under
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Emacs 22, `mouse-1' will also works for this.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`<RET>'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Go to the original location of the item and delete other windows.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`f'
Toggle Follow mode. In Follow mode, as you move the cursor through
the agenda buffer, the other window always shows the corresponding
2008-01-31 05:31:27 -05:00
location in the org file. The initial setting for this mode in new
agenda buffers can be set with the variable
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
`org-agenda-start-with-follow-mode'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
`b'
Display the entire subtree of the current item in an indirect
2008-01-31 05:33:26 -05:00
buffer. With numerical prefix ARG, go up to this level and then
take that tree. If ARG is negative, go up that many levels. With
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
`C-u' prefix, do not remove the previously used indirect buffer.
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`l'
Toggle Logbook mode. In Logbook mode, entries that where marked
DONE while logging was on (variable `org-log-done') are shown in
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
the agenda, as are entries that have been clocked on that day.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Change display
..............
`o'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Delete other windows.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`w'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Switch to weekly view (7 days displayed together).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`d'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Switch to daily view (just one day displayed).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`D'
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
Toggle the inclusion of diary entries. See *Note Weekly/Daily
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
agenda::.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`g'
Toggle the time grid on and off. See also the variables
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
`org-agenda-use-time-grid' and `org-agenda-time-grid'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`r'
Recreate the agenda buffer, for example to reflect the changes
after modification of the time stamps of items with S-<left> and
S-<right>. When the buffer is the global todo list, a prefix
argument is interpreted to create a selective list for a specific
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
TODO keyword.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:16 -05:00
`s'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Save all Org-mode buffers in the current Emacs session.
2008-01-31 05:32:16 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`<right>'
Display the following `org-agenda-ndays' days. For example, if
the display covers a week, switch to the following week. With
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
prefix arg, go forward that many times `org-agenda-ndays' days.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`<left>'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Display the previous dates.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`.'
Goto today.
Remote editing
..............
`0-9'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Digit argument.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
`C-_'
Undo a change due to a remote editing command. The change is
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
undone both in the agenda buffer and in the remote buffer.
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`t'
Change the TODO state of the item, both in the agenda and in the
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
original org file.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:05 -05:00
`C-k'
Delete the current agenda item along with the entire subtree
belonging to it in the original Org-mode file. If the text to be
deleted remotely is longer than one line, the kill needs to be
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
confirmed by the user. See variable `org-agenda-confirm-kill'.
2008-01-31 05:33:05 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
`$'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Archive the subtree corresponding to the current headline.
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`T'
2008-01-31 05:30:56 -05:00
Show all tags associated with the current item. Because of
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
inheritance, this may be more than the tags listed in the line
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
itself.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`:'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Set tags for the current headline.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
`a'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Toggle the ARCHIVE tag for the current headline.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`,'
Set the priority for the current item. Org-mode prompts for the
priority character. If you reply with <SPC>, the priority cookie
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
is removed from the entry.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
`P'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Display weighted priority of current item.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`+'
`S-<up>'
Increase the priority of the current item. The priority is
changed in the original buffer, but the agenda is not resorted.
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Use the `r' key for this.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`-'
`S-<down>'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Decrease the priority of the current item.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
`C-c C-s'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Schedule this item
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
`C-c C-d'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Set a deadline for this item.
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`S-<right>'
Change the time stamp associated with the current line by one day
into the future. With prefix argument, change it by that many
days. For example, `3 6 5 S-<right>' will change it by a year.
The stamp is changed in the original org file, but the change is
not directly reflected in the agenda buffer. Use the `r' key to
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
update the buffer.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`S-<left>'
Change the time stamp associated with the current line by one day
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
into the past.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`>'
Change the time stamp associated with the current line to today.
The key `>' has been chosen, because it is the same as `S-.' on my
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
keyboard.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
`I'
Start the clock on the current item. If a clock is running
already, it is stopped first.
`O'
Stop the previously started clock.
`X'
Cancel the currently running clock.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Calendar commands
.................
`c'
Open the Emacs calendar and move to the date at the agenda cursor.
`c'
When in the calendar, compute and show the Org-mode agenda for the
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
date at the cursor.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
`i'
Insert a new entry into the diary. Prompts for the type of entry
(day, weekly, monthly, yearly, anniversary, cyclic) and creates a
new entry in the diary, just as `i d' etc. would do in the
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
calendar. The date is taken from the cursor position.
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`M'
2008-01-31 05:30:56 -05:00
Show the phases of the moon for the three months around current
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
date.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`S'
Show sunrise and sunset times. The geographical location must be
set with calendar variables, see documentation of the Emacs
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
calendar.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C'
Convert the date at cursor into many other cultural and historic
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
calendars.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`H'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Show holidays for three month around the cursor date.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`C-c C-x C-c'
Export a single iCalendar file containing entries from all agenda
files.
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
Exporting to a file
...................
`C-x C-w'
Write the agenda view to a file. Depending on the extension of the
selected file name, the view will be exported as HTML (extension
`.html' or `.htm'), Postscript (extension `.ps'), or plain text
(any other extension). Use the variable
`org-agenda-exporter-settings' to set options for `ps-print' and
for `htmlize' to be used during export.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Quit and Exit
.............
`q'
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
Quit agenda, remove the agenda buffer.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`x'
Exit agenda, remove the agenda buffer and all buffers loaded by
Emacs for the compilation of the agenda. Buffers created by the
user to visit org files will not be removed.
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00

File: org, Node: Custom agenda views, Prev: Agenda commands, Up: Agenda views
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
8.6 Custom agenda views
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
=======================
Custom agenda commands serve two purposes: to store and quickly access
frequently used TODO and tags searches, and to create special composite
agenda buffers. Custom agenda commands will be accessible through the
dispatcher (*note Agenda dispatcher::), just like the default commands.
* Menu:
* Storing searches:: Type once, use often
* Block agenda:: All the stuff you need in a single buffer
* Setting Options:: Changing the rules
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
* Exporting Agenda Views:: Writing agendas to files.
* Extracting Agenda Information for other programs::
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00

File: org, Node: Storing searches, Next: Block agenda, Prev: Custom agenda views, Up: Custom agenda views
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
8.6.1 Storing searches
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
----------------------
The first application of custom searches is the definition of keyboard
shortcuts for frequently used searches, either creating an agenda
buffer, or a sparse tree (the latter covering of course only the current
buffer). Custom commands are configured in the variable
`org-agenda-custom-commands'. You can customize this variable, for
example by pressing `C-c a C'. You can also directly set it with Emacs
Lisp in `.emacs'. The following example contains all valid search
types:
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
'(("w" todo "WAITING")
("W" todo-tree "WAITING")
("u" tags "+BOSS-URGENT")
("v" tags-todo "+BOSS-URGENT")
("U" tags-tree "+BOSS-URGENT")
("f" occur-tree "\\<FIXME\\>")))
The initial single-character string in each entry defines the character
you have to press after the dispatcher command `C-c a' in order to
access the command. The second parameter is the search type, followed
by the string or regular expression to be used for the matching. The
example above will therefore define:
`C-c a w'
as a global search for TODO entries with `WAITING' as the TODO
keyword
`C-c a W'
as the same search, but only in the current buffer and displaying
the results as a sparse tree
`C-c a u'
as a global tags search for headlines marked `:BOSS:' but not
`:URGENT:'
`C-c a v'
as the same search as `C-c a u', but limiting the search to
headlines that are also TODO items
`C-c a U'
as the same search as `C-c a u', but only in the current buffer and
displaying the result as a sparse tree
`C-c a f'
to create a sparse tree (again: current buffer only) with all
entries containing the word `FIXME'.

File: org, Node: Block agenda, Next: Setting Options, Prev: Storing searches, Up: Custom agenda views
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
8.6.2 Block agenda
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
------------------
Another possibility is the construction of agenda views that comprise
the results of _several_ commands, each of which creates a block in the
agenda buffer. The available commands include `agenda' for the daily
or weekly agenda (as created with `C-c a a'), `alltodo' for the global
todo list (as constructed with `C-c a t'), and the matching commands
discussed above: `todo', `tags', and `tags-todo'. Here are two
examples:
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
'(("h" "Agenda and Home-related tasks"
((agenda)
(tags-todo "HOME")
(tags "GARDEN")))
("o" "Agenda and Office-related tasks"
((agenda)
(tags-todo "WORK")
(tags "OFFICE")))))
This will define `C-c a h' to create a multi-block view for stuff you
need to attend to at home. The resulting agenda buffer will contain
your agenda for the current week, all TODO items that carry the tag
`HOME', and also all lines tagged with `GARDEN'. Finally the command
`C-c a o' provides a similar view for office tasks.

2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
File: org, Node: Setting Options, Next: Exporting Agenda Views, Prev: Block agenda, Up: Custom agenda views
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
8.6.3 Setting Options for custom commands
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
-----------------------------------------
Org-mode contains a number of variables regulating agenda construction
and display. The global variables define the behavior for all agenda
commands, including the custom commands. However, if you want to change
some settings just for a single custom view, you can do so. Setting
options requires inserting a list of variable names and values at the
right spot in `org-agenda-custom-commands'. For example:
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
'(("w" todo "WAITING"
((org-agenda-sorting-strategy '(priority-down))
(org-agenda-prefix-format " Mixed: ")))
("U" tags-tree "+BOSS-URGENT"
((org-show-following-heading nil)
(org-show-hierarchy-above nil)))))
Now the `C-c a w' command will sort the collected entries only by
priority, and the prefix format is modified to just say ` Mixed:'
instead of giving the category of the entry. The sparse tags tree of
`C-c a U' will now turn out ultra-compact, because neither the headline
hierarchy above the match, nor the headline following the match will be
shown.
For command sets creating a block agenda,
`org-agenda-custom-commands' has two separate spots for setting
options. You can add options that should be valid for just a single
command in the set, and options that should be valid for all commands in
the set. The former are just added to the command entry, the latter
must come after the list of command entries. Going back to the block
agenda example (*note Block agenda::), let's change the sorting strategy
for the `C-c a h' commands to `priority-down', but let's sort the
results for GARDEN tags query in the opposite order, `priority-up'.
This would look like this:
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
'(("h" "Agenda and Home-related tasks"
((agenda)
(tags-todo "HOME")
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
(tags "GARDEN"
((org-agenda-sorting-strategy '(priority-up)))))
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
((org-agenda-sorting-strategy '(priority-down))))
("o" "Agenda and Office-related tasks"
((agenda)
(tags-todo "WORK")
(tags "OFFICE")))))
As you see, the values and parenthesis setting is a little complex.
When in doubt, use the customize interface to set this variable - it
fully supports its structure. Just one caveat: When setting options in
this interface, the _values_ are just lisp expressions. So if the
value is a string, you need to add the double quotes around the value
yourself.
2008-01-31 05:32:35 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
File: org, Node: Exporting Agenda Views, Next: Extracting Agenda Information for other programs, Prev: Setting Options, Up: Custom agenda views
2008-01-31 05:32:35 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
8.6.4 Exporting Agenda Views
----------------------------
If you are away from your computer, it can be very useful to have a
printed version of some agenda views to carry around. Org-mode can
export custom agenda views as plain text, HTML(1) and postscript. If
you want to do this only occasionally, use the commend
`C-x C-w'
Write the agenda view to a file. Depending on the extension of the
selected file name, the view will be exported as HTML (extension
`.html' or `.htm'), Postscript (extension `.ps'), or plain text
(any other extension). Use the variable
`org-agenda-exporter-settings' to set options for `ps-print' and
for `htmlize' to be used during export, for example
(setq org-agenda-exporter-settings
'((ps-number-of-columns 2)
(ps-landscape-mode t)
2008-01-31 05:34:42 -05:00
(htmlize-output-type 'css)))
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
If you need to export certain agenda views frequently, you can
associate any custom agenda command with a list of output file names
(2). Here is an example that first does define custom commands for the
agenda and the global todo list, together with a number of files to
which to export them. Then we define two block agenda commands and
specify filenames for them as well. File names can be relative to the
current working directory, or absolute.
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
'(("X" agenda "" nil ("agenda.html" "agenda.ps"))
("Y" alltodo "" nil ("todo.html" "todo.txt" "todo.ps"))
("h" "Agenda and Home-related tasks"
((agenda)
(tags-todo "HOME")
(tags "GARDEN"))
nil
("~/views/home.html"))
("o" "Agenda and Office-related tasks"
((agenda)
(tags-todo "WORK")
(tags "OFFICE"))
nil
("~/views/office.ps"))))
The extension of the file name determines the type of export. If it
is `.html', Org-mode will use the `htmlize.el' package to convert the
buffer to HTML and save it to this file name. If the extension is
`.ps', `ps-print-buffer-with-faces' is used to produce postscript
output. Any other extension produces a plain ASCII file.
The export files are _not_ created when you use one of those
commands interactively. Instead, there is a special command to produce
_all_ specified files in one step:
`C-c a e'
Export all agenda views that have export filenames associated with
them.
You can use the options section of the custom agenda commands to also
set options for the export commands. For example:
2008-01-31 05:32:35 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
'(("X" agenda ""
((ps-number-of-columns 2)
(ps-landscape-mode t)
(org-agenda-prefix-format " [ ] ")
(org-agenda-with-colors nil)
(org-agenda-remove-tags t))
("theagenda.ps"))))
This command sets two options for the postscript exporter, to make it
print in two columns in landscape format - the resulting page can be cut
in two and then used in a paper agenda. The remaining settings modify
the agenda prefix to omit category and scheduling information, and
instead include a checkbox to check off items. We also remove the tags
to make the lines compact, and we don't want to use colors for the
black-and-white printer. Settings specified in
`org-agenda-exporter-settings' will also apply, but the settings in
`org-agenda-custom-commands' take precedence.
From the command line you may also use
emacs -f org-batch-store-agenda-views -kill
or, if you need to modify some parameters
emacs -eval '(org-batch-store-agenda-views \
org-agenda-ndays 30 \
org-agenda-include-diary nil \
org-agenda-files (quote ("~/org/project.org")))' \
-kill
which will create the agenda views restricted to the file
`~/org/project.org', without diary entries and with 30 days extent.
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) You need to install Hrvoje Niksic' `htmlize.el'.
(2) If you want to store standard views like the weekly agenda or
the global TODO list as well, you need to define custom commands for
them in order to be able to specify filenames.

File: org, Node: Extracting Agenda Information for other programs, Prev: Exporting Agenda Views, Up: Custom agenda views
8.6.5 Extracting Agenda Information for other programs
------------------------------------------------------
Org-mode provides commands to access agenda information for the command
line in emacs batch mode. This extracted information can be sent
directly to a printer, or it can be read by a program that does further
processing of the data. The first of these commands is the function
`org-batch-agenda', that produces an agenda view and sends it as ASCII
text to STDOUT. The command takes a single string as parameter. If
the string has length 1, it is used as a key to one of the commands you
have configured in `org-agenda-custom-commands', basically any key you
can use after `C-c a'. For example, to directly print the current TODO
list, you could use
2008-01-31 05:32:35 -05:00
emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -eval '(org-batch-agenda "t")' | lpr
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
If the parameter is a string with 2 or more characters, it is used
as a tags/todo match string. For example, to print your local shopping
list (all items with the tag `shop', but excluding the tag `NewYork'),
you could use
emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs \
-eval '(org-batch-agenda "+shop-NewYork")' | lpr
2008-01-31 05:32:35 -05:00
You may also modify parameters on the fly like this:
emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs \
-eval '(org-batch-agenda "a" \
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
org-agenda-ndays 30 \
2008-01-31 05:32:35 -05:00
org-agenda-include-diary nil \
org-agenda-files (quote ("~/org/project.org")))' \
| lpr
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
which will produce a 30 day agenda, fully restricted to the Org file
2008-01-31 05:32:35 -05:00
`~/org/projects.org', not even including the diary.
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
If you want to process the agenda data in more sophisticated ways,
you can use the command `org-batch-agenda-csv' to get a comma-separated
list of values for each agenda item. Each line in the output will
contain a number of fields separated by commas. The fields in a line
are:
category The category of the item
head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
type The type of the agenda entry, can be
todo selected in TODO match
tagsmatch selected in tags match
diary imported from diary
deadline a deadline
scheduled scheduled
timestamp appointment, selected by timestamp
closed entry was closed on date
upcoming-deadline warning about nearing deadline
past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
block entry has date block including date
todo The todo keyword, if any
tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
time The time, like 15:00-16:50
extra String with extra planning info
priority-l The priority letter if any was given
priority-n The computed numerical priority
Time and date will only be given if a timestamp (or deadline/scheduled)
lead to the selection of the item.
A CSV list like this is very easy to use in a post processing script.
For example, here is a Perl program that gets the TODO list from
Emacs/org-mode and prints all the items, preceded by a checkbox:
#!/usr/bin/perl
# define the Emacs command to run
$cmd = "emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -eval '(org-batch-agenda-csv \"t\")'";
# run it and capture the output
$agenda = qx{$cmd 2>/dev/null};
# loop over all lines
foreach $line (split(/\n/,$agenda)) {
# get the individual values
($category,$head,$type,$todo,$tags,$date,$time,$extra,
$priority_l,$priority_n) = split(/,/,$line);
# proccess and print
print "[ ] $head\n";
}
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
File: org, Node: Embedded LaTeX, Next: Exporting, Prev: Agenda views, Up: Top
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
9 Embedded LaTeX
****************
Plain ASCII is normally sufficient for almost all note taking. One
exception, however, are scientific notes which need to be able to
contain mathematical symbols and the occasional formula. LaTeX(1) is
widely used to typeset scientific documents. Org-mode supports
embedding LaTeX code into its files, because many academics are used to
read LaTeX source code, and because it can be readily processed into
images for HTML production.
It is not necessary to mark LaTeX macros and code in any special way.
If you observe a few conventions, Org-mode knows how to find it and what
to do with it.
* Menu:
* Math symbols:: TeX macros for symbols and Greek letters
* Subscripts and Superscripts:: Simple syntax for raising/lowering text
* LaTeX fragments:: Complex formulas made easy
* Processing LaTeX fragments:: Previewing LaTeX processing
* CDLaTeX mode:: Speed up entering of formulas
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) LaTeX is a macro system based on Donald E. Knuth's TeX system.
Many of the features described here as "LaTeX" are really from TeX, but
for simplicity I am blurring this distinction.

File: org, Node: Math symbols, Next: Subscripts and Superscripts, Prev: Embedded LaTeX, Up: Embedded LaTeX
9.1 Math symbols
================
You can use LaTeX macros to insert special symbols like `\alpha' to
indicate the Greek letter, or `\to' to indicate an arrow. Completion
for these macros is available, just type `\' and maybe a few letters,
and press `M-<TAB>' to see possible completions. Unlike LaTeX code,
Org-mode allows these macros to be present without surrounding math
delimiters, for example:
Angles are written as Greek letters \alpha, \beta and \gamma.
During HTML export (*note HTML export::), these symbols are
translated into the proper syntax for HTML, for the above examples this
is `&alpha;' and `&rarr;', respectively.

File: org, Node: Subscripts and Superscripts, Next: LaTeX fragments, Prev: Math symbols, Up: Embedded LaTeX
9.2 Subscripts and Superscripts
===============================
Just like in LaTeX, `^' and `_' are used to indicate super- and
subscripts. Again, these can be used without embedding them in
math-mode delimiters. To increase the readability of ASCII text, it is
not necessary (but OK) to surround multi-character sub- and superscripts
with curly braces. For example
The mass if the sun is M_sun = 1.989 x 10^30 kg. The radius of
the sun is R_{sun} = 6.96 x 10^8 m.
To avoid interpretation as raised or lowered text, you can quote `^'
and `_' with a backslash: `\_' and `\^'.
During HTML export (*note HTML export::), subscript and superscripts
are surrounded with `<sub>' and `<sup>' tags, respectively.

File: org, Node: LaTeX fragments, Next: Processing LaTeX fragments, Prev: Subscripts and Superscripts, Up: Embedded LaTeX
9.3 LaTeX fragments
===================
With symbols, sub- and superscripts, HTML is pretty much at its end when
2008-01-31 05:32:41 -05:00
it comes to representing mathematical formulas(1). More complex
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
expressions need a dedicated formula processor. To this end, Org-mode
can contain arbitrary LaTeX fragments. It provides commands to preview
the typeset result of these fragments, and upon export to HTML, all
fragments will be converted to images and inlined into the HTML
document. For this to work you need to be on a system with a working
LaTeX installation. You also need the `dvipng' program, available at
2008-01-31 05:34:26 -05:00
`http://sourceforge.net/projects/dvipng/'. The LaTeX header that will
be used when processing a fragment can be configured with the variable
`org-format-latex-header'.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
LaTeX fragments don't need any special marking at all. The following
snippets will be identified as LaTeX source code:
* Environments of any kind. The only requirement is that the
`\begin' statement appears on a new line, preceded by only
whitespace.
* Text within the usual LaTeX math delimiters. To avoid conflicts
with currency specifications, single `$' characters are only
recognized as math delimiters if the enclosed text contains at
most two line breaks, is directly attached to the `$' characters
with no whitespace in between, and if the closing `$' is followed
by whitespace or punctuation. For the other delimiters, there is
no such restriction, so when in doubt, use `\(...\)' as inline
math delimiters.
For example:
\begin{equation} % arbitrary environments,
x=\sqrt{b} % even tables, figures
\end{equation} % etc
If $a^2=b$ and \( b=2 \), then the solution must be
either $$ a=+\sqrt{2} $$ or \[ a=-\sqrt{2} \].
If you need any of the delimiter ASCII sequences for other purposes, you
can configure the option `org-format-latex-options' to deselect the
ones you do not wish to have interpreted by the LaTeX converter.
2008-01-31 05:32:41 -05:00
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) Yes, there is MathML, but that is not yet fully supported by
many browsers, and there is no decent converter for turning LaTeX of
ASCII representations of formulas into MathML. So for the time being,
converting formulas into images seems the way to go.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00

File: org, Node: Processing LaTeX fragments, Next: CDLaTeX mode, Prev: LaTeX fragments, Up: Embedded LaTeX
9.4 Processing LaTeX fragments
==============================
LaTeX fragments can be processed to produce a preview images of the
typeset expressions:
`C-c C-x C-l'
Produce a preview image of the LaTeX fragment at point and overlay
it over the source code. If there is no fragment at point,
process all fragments in the current entry (between two
headlines). When called with a prefix argument, process the
entire subtree. When called with two prefix arguments, or when
the cursor is before the first headline, process the entire buffer.
`C-c C-c'
Remove the overlay preview images.
During HTML export (*note HTML export::), all LaTeX fragments are
converted into images and inlined into the document if the following
setting is active:
(setq org-export-with-LaTeX-fragments t)

File: org, Node: CDLaTeX mode, Prev: Processing LaTeX fragments, Up: Embedded LaTeX
9.5 Using CDLaTeX to enter math
===============================
CDLaTeX-mode is a minor mode that is normally used in combination with a
major LaTeX mode like AUCTeX in order to speed-up insertion of
environments and math templates. Inside Org-mode, you can make use of
some of the features of cdlatex-mode. You need to install `cdlatex.el'
and `texmathp.el' (the latter comes also with AUCTeX) from
`http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools/cdlatex'. Don't turn
cdlatex-mode itself under Org-mode, but use the light version
`org-cdlatex-mode' that comes as part of Org-mode. Turn it on for the
current buffer with `M-x org-cdlatex-mode', or for all Org-mode files
with
(add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-on-org-cdlatex)
When this mode is enabled, the following features are present (for
more details see the documentation of cdlatex-mode):
* Environment templates can be inserted with `C-c {'.
* The <TAB> key will do template expansion if the cursor is inside a
LaTeX fragment(1). For example, <TAB> will expand `fr' to
`\frac{}{}' and position the cursor correctly inside the first
brace. Another <TAB> will get you into the second brace. Even
outside fragments, <TAB> will expand environment abbreviations at
the beginning of a line. For example, if you write `equ' at the
beginning of a line and press <TAB>, this abbreviation will be
expanded to an `equation' environment. To get a list of all
abbreviations, type `M-x cdlatex-command-help'.
* Pressing `_' and `^' inside a LaTeX fragment will insert these
characters together with a pair of braces. If you use <TAB> to
move out of the braces, and if the braces surround only a single
character or macro, they are removed again (depending on the
variable `cdlatex-simplify-sub-super-scripts').
* Pressing the backquote ``' followed by a character inserts math
macros, also outside LaTeX fragments. If you wait more than 1.5
seconds after the backquote, a help window will pop up.
* Pressing the normal quote `'' followed by another character
modifies the symbol before point with an accent or a font. If you
wait more than 1.5 seconds after the backquote, a help window will
pop up. Character modification will work only inside LaTeX
fragments, outside the quote is normal.
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) Org-mode has a method to test if the cursor is inside such a
fragment, see the documentation of the function
`org-inside-LaTeX-fragment-p'.

File: org, Node: Exporting, Next: Publishing, Prev: Embedded LaTeX, Up: Top
10 Exporting
************
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
Org-mode documents can be exported into a variety of other formats. For
printing and sharing of notes, ASCII export produces a readable and
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
simple version of an Org-mode file. HTML export allows you to publish a
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
notes file on the web, while the XOXO format provides a solid base for
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
exchange with a broad range of other applications. To incorporate
entries with associated times like deadlines or appointments into a
desktop calendar program like iCal, Org-mode can also produce extracts
in the iCalendar format. Currently Org-mode only supports export, not
import of these different formats.
When exporting, Org-mode uses special conventions to enrich the
output produced. *Note Text interpretation::, for more details.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
`C-c C-e'
Dispatcher for export and publishing commands. Displays a
help-window listing the additional key(s) needed to launch an
export or publishing command.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Menu:
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* ASCII export:: Exporting to plain ASCII
* HTML export:: Exporting to HTML
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* XOXO export:: Exporting to XOXO
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* iCalendar export:: Exporting in iCalendar format
* Text interpretation:: How the exporter looks at the file
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

File: org, Node: ASCII export, Next: HTML export, Prev: Exporting, Up: Exporting
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
10.1 ASCII export
=================
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:59 -05:00
ASCII export produces a simple and very readable version of an Org-mode
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
file.
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
`C-c C-e a'
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Export as ASCII file. If there is an active region, only the
region will be exported. For an org file `myfile.org', the ASCII
file will be `myfile.txt'. The file will be overwritten without
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
warning.
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
`C-c C-e v a'
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
Export only the visible part of the document.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
In the exported version, the first 3 outline levels will become
headlines, defining a general document structure. Additional levels
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
will be exported as itemized lists. If you want that transition to
occur at a different level, specify it with a prefix argument. For
example,
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
C-1 C-c C-e a
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:59 -05:00
creates only top level headlines and does the rest as items. When
headlines are converted to items, the indentation of the text following
the headline is changed to fit nicely under the item. This is done with
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
the assumption that the first bodyline indicates the base indentation of
the body text. Any indentation larger than this is adjusted to preserve
2008-01-31 05:31:59 -05:00
the layout relative to the first line. Should there be lines with less
indentation than the first, these are left alone.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
File: org, Node: HTML export, Next: XOXO export, Prev: ASCII export, Up: Exporting
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
10.2 HTML export
================
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:59 -05:00
Org-mode contains an HTML (XHTML 1.0 strict) exporter with extensive
HTML formatting, in ways similar to John Grubers _markdown_ language,
but with additional support for tables.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* Menu:
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
* Export commands:: How to invoke HTML export
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* Quoting HTML tags:: Using direct HTML in Org-mode
* Links:: How hyperlinks get transferred to HTML
* Images:: To inline or not to inline?
* CSS support:: Style specifications

File: org, Node: Export commands, Next: Quoting HTML tags, Prev: HTML export, Up: HTML export
10.2.1 HTML export commands
---------------------------
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
`C-c C-e h'
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Export as HTML file `myfile.html'.
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
`C-c C-e b'
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
Export as HTML file and open it with a browser.
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
`C-c C-e H'
Export to a temporary buffer, do not create a file.
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
`C-c C-e H'
Export the active region to a temporary buffer. With prefix arg,
do not produce file header and foot, but just the plain HTML
section for the region. This is good for cut-and-paste operations.
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
`C-c C-e v h'
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
`C-c C-e v b'
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
`C-c C-e v H'
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
`C-c C-e v R'
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
Export only the visible part of the document.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
`M-x org-export-region-as-html'
Convert the region to HTML under the assumption that it was
org-mode syntax before. This is a global command that can be
invoked in any buffer.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
In the exported version, the first 3 outline levels will become
headlines, defining a general document structure. Additional levels
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
will be exported as itemized lists. If you want that transition to
occur at a different level, specify it with a prefix argument. For
example,
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
C-2 C-c C-e b
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
creates two levels of headings and does the rest as items.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00

File: org, Node: Quoting HTML tags, Next: Links, Prev: Export commands, Up: HTML export
10.2.2 Quoting HTML tags
------------------------
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
Plain `<' and `>' are always transformed to `&lt;' and `&gt;' in HTML
export. If you want to include simple HTML tags which should be
interpreted as such, mark them with `@' as in `@<b>bold text@</b>'.
Note that this really works only for simple tags. For more extensive
HTML that should be copied verbatim to the exported file use either
#+HTML: Literal HTML code for export
or
#+BEGIN_HTML
All lines between these markers are exported literally
#+END_HTML
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00

File: org, Node: Links, Next: Images, Prev: Quoting HTML tags, Up: HTML export
10.2.3 Links
------------
Internal links (*note Internal links::) will continue to work in HTML
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
files only if they match a dedicated `<<target>>'. Automatic links
created by radio targets (*note Radio targets::) will also work in the
HTML file. Links to external files will still work if the HTML file is
in the same directory as the Org-mode file. Links to other `.org'
files will be translated into HTML links under the assumption that an
HTML version also exists of the linked file. For information related to
linking files while publishing them to a publishing directory see *Note
Publishing links::.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00

File: org, Node: Images, Next: CSS support, Prev: Links, Up: HTML export
10.2.4 Images
-------------
HTML export can inline images given as links in the Org-mode file, and
it can make an image the clickable part of a link. By default(1),
images are inlined if a link does not have a description. So
`[[file:myimg.jpg]]' will be inlined, while `[[file:myimg.jpg][the
image]]' will just produce a link `the image' that points to the image.
If the description part itself is a `file:' link or a `http:' URL
pointing to an image, this image will be inlined and activated so that
clicking on the image will activate the link. For example, to include
a thumbnail that will link to a high resolution version of the image,
you could use:
[[file:highres.jpg][file:thumb.jpg]]
and you could use `http' addresses just as well.
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) but see the variable `org-export-html-inline-images'

File: org, Node: CSS support, Prev: Images, Up: HTML export
10.2.5 CSS support
------------------
You can also give style information for the exported file. The HTML
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
exporter assigns the following CSS classes to appropriate parts of the
document - your style specifications may change these:
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
.todo TODO keywords
.done the DONE keyword
.timestamp time stamp
.timestamp-kwd keyword associated with a time stamp, like SCHEDULED
.tag tag in a headline
.target target for links
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
The default style specification can be configured through the option
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`org-export-html-style'. If you want to use a file-local style, you
may use file variables, best wrapped into a COMMENT section at the end
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
of the outline tree. For example(1):
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* COMMENT html style specifications
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
# Local Variables:
# org-export-html-style: " <style type=\"text/css\">
2008-01-31 05:31:55 -05:00
# p {font-weight: normal; color: gray; }
# h1 {color: black; }
# </style>"
# End:
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Remember to execute `M-x normal-mode' after changing this to make
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
the new style visible to Emacs. This command restarts org-mode for the
current buffer and forces Emacs to re-evaluate the local variables
2008-01-31 05:30:59 -05:00
section in the buffer.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) Under Emacs 21, the continuation lines for a variable value
should have no `#' at the start of the line.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
File: org, Node: XOXO export, Next: iCalendar export, Prev: HTML export, Up: Exporting
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
10.3 XOXO export
================
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
Org-mode contains an exporter that produces XOXO-style output.
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
Currently, this exporter only handles the general outline structure and
does not interpret any additional Org-mode features.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
`C-c C-e x'
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
Export as XOXO file `myfile.html'.
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
`C-c C-e v x'
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
Export only the visible part of the document.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
File: org, Node: iCalendar export, Next: Text interpretation, Prev: XOXO export, Up: Exporting
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
10.4 iCalendar export
=====================
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Some people like to use Org-mode for keeping track of projects, but
still prefer a standard calendar application for anniversaries and
appointments. In this case it can be useful to have deadlines and
other time-stamped items in Org-mode files show up in the calendar
application. Org-mode can export calendar information in the standard
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
iCalendar format. If you also want to have TODO entries included in the
export, configure the variable `org-icalendar-include-todo'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
`C-c C-e i'
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Create iCalendar entries for the current file and store them in
the same directory, using a file extension `.ics'.
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
`C-c C-e I'
Like `C-c C-e i', but do this for all files in `org-agenda-files'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
For each of these files, a separate iCalendar file will be
written.
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
`C-c C-e c'
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Create a single large iCalendar file from all files in
`org-agenda-files' and write it to the file given by
`org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
How this calendar is best read and updated, depends on the
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
application you are using. The FAQ covers this issue.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00

File: org, Node: Text interpretation, Prev: iCalendar export, Up: Exporting
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
10.5 Text interpretation by the exporter
========================================
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
The exporter backends interpret additional structure in the Org-mode
file in order to produce better output.
* Menu:
* Comment lines:: Some lines will not be exported
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* Initial text:: Text before the first headline
2008-01-31 05:34:42 -05:00
* Footnotes:: Numbers like [1]
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* Enhancing text:: Subscripts, symbols and more
* Export options:: How to influence the export settings

2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
File: org, Node: Comment lines, Next: Initial text, Prev: Text interpretation, Up: Text interpretation
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
10.5.1 Comment lines
--------------------
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
Lines starting with `#' in column zero are treated as comments and will
never be exported. Also entire subtrees starting with the word
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
`COMMENT' will never be exported.
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
`C-c ;'
Toggle the COMMENT keyword at the beginning of an entry.

2008-01-31 05:34:42 -05:00
File: org, Node: Initial text, Next: Footnotes, Prev: Comment lines, Up: Text interpretation
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
10.5.2 Text before the first headline
-------------------------------------
Org-mode normally ignores any text before the first headline when
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
exporting, leaving this region for internal links to speed up navigation
etc. However, in publishing-oriented files, you might want to have some
text before the first headline, like a small introduction, special HTML
code with a navigation bar, etc. You can ask to have this part of the
file exported as well by setting the variable
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
`org-export-skip-text-before-1st-heading' to `nil'. On a per-file
basis, you can get the same effect with
#+OPTIONS: skip:nil
The text before the first headline will be fully processed (*note
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
Enhancing text::), and the first non-comment line becomes the title of
the exported document. If you need to include literal HTML, use the
special constructs described in *Note Quoting HTML tags::. The table
of contents is normally inserted directly before the first headline of
the file. If you would like to get it to a different location, insert
the string `[TABLE-OF-CONTENTS]' on a line by itself at the desired
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
location.
Finally, if you want to use the space before the first headline for
internal purposes, but _still_ want to place something before the first
headline when exporting the file, you can use the `#+TEXT' construct:
#+OPTIONS: skip:t
#+TEXT: This text will go before the *first* headline.
#+TEXT: We place the table of contents here:
#+TEXT: [TABLE-OF-CONTENTS]
#+TEXT: This goes between the table of contents and the first headline

2008-01-31 05:34:42 -05:00
File: org, Node: Footnotes, Next: Enhancing text, Prev: Initial text, Up: Text interpretation
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:42 -05:00
10.5.3 Footnotes
----------------
Numbers in square brackets are treated as footnotes, so that you can use
the Emacs package `footnote.el' to create footnotes. For example:
The org-mode homepage[1] clearly needs help from
a good web designer.
[1] The link is: http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools/org
Note that the `footnote' package uses `C-c !' to invoke its commands.
This binding conflicts with the org-mode command for inserting inactive
time stamps. You could use the variable `footnote-prefix' to switch
footnotes commands to another key. Or, if you are too used to this
binding, you could use `org-replace-disputed-keys' and
`org-disputed-keys' to change the settings in Org-mode.

File: org, Node: Enhancing text, Next: Export options, Prev: Footnotes, Up: Text interpretation
10.5.4 Enhancing text for export
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
--------------------------------
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
Some of the export backends of Org-mode allow for sophisticated text
formatting, this is true in particular for the HTML backend. Org-mode
has a number of typing conventions that allow to produce a richly
formatted output.
* Plain lists `-', `*' or `+' as bullet, or with `1.' or `2)' as
enumerator will be recognized and transformed if the backend
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
supports lists. See *Note Plain lists::.
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* You can make words *bold*, /italic/, _underlined_, `=code=', and
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
even `+strikethrough+'(1).
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* A line consisting of only dashes, and at least 5 of them, will be
exported as a horizontal line (`<hr/>' in HTML).
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* Many TeX macros and entire LaTeX fragments are converted into HTML
entities or images (*note Embedded LaTeX::).
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* Tables are transformed into native tables under the exporter, if
the export backend supports this. Data fields before the first
horizontal separator line will be formatted as table header fields.
* If a headline starts with the word `QUOTE', the text below the
headline will be typeset as fixed-width, to allow quoting of
computer codes etc. Lines starting with `:' are also typeset in
fixed-width font.
`C-c :'
Toggle fixed-width for entry (QUOTE) or region, see below.
2008-01-31 05:31:59 -05:00
* A double backslash _at the end of a line_ enforces a line break at
this position.
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
If these conversions conflict with your habits of typing ASCII text,
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
they can all be turned off with corresponding variables. See the
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
customization group `org-export-general', and the following section
which explains how to set export options with special lines in a buffer.
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) but remember that strikethrough is typographically evil and
should never be used.
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00

File: org, Node: Export options, Prev: Enhancing text, Up: Text interpretation
2008-01-31 05:34:42 -05:00
10.5.5 Export options
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
---------------------
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
The exporter recognizes special lines in the buffer which provide
additional information. These lines may be put anywhere in the file.
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
The whole set of lines can be inserted into the buffer with `C-c C-e
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
t'. For individual lines, a good way to make sure the keyword is
correct is to type `#+' and then use `M-<TAB>' completion (*note
Completion::).
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
`C-c C-e t'
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
Insert template with export options, see example below.
#+TITLE: the title to be shown (default is the buffer name)
#+AUTHOR: the author (default taken from `user-full-name')
#+EMAIL: his/her email address (default from `user-mail-address')
#+LANGUAGE: language for HTML, e.g. `en' (`org-export-default-language')
#+TEXT: Some descriptive text to be inserted at the beginning.
#+TEXT: Several lines may be given.
2008-01-31 05:34:55 -05:00
#+OPTIONS: H:2 num:t toc:t \n:nil @:t ::t |:t ^:t f:t *:nil TeX:t LaTeX:t skip:t
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
The OPTIONS line is a compact form to specify export settings. Here
you can:
H: set the number of headline levels for export
num: turn on/off section-numbers
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
toc: turn on/off table of contents, or set level limit (integer)
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
\n: turn on/off linebreak-preservation
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
@: turn on/off quoted HTML tags
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
:: turn on/off fixed-width sections
|: turn on/off tables
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
^: turn on/off TeX-like syntax for sub- and superscripts. If
you write "^:{}", `a_{b}' will be interpreted, but
the simple `a_b' will be left as it is.
2008-01-31 05:34:55 -05:00
f: turn on/off foototes like this[1].
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
*: turn on/off emphasized text (bold, italic, underlined)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
TeX: turn on/off simple TeX macros in plain text
LaTeX: turn on/off LaTeX fragments
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
skip: turn on/off skipping the text before the first heading
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
File: org, Node: Publishing, Next: Miscellaneous, Prev: Exporting, Up: Top
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
11 Publishing
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
*************
Org-mode includes(1) a publishing management system that allows you to
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
configure automatic HTML conversion of _projects_ composed of
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
interlinked org files. This system is called _org-publish_. You can
also configure org-publish to automatically upload your exported HTML
pages and related attachments, such as images and source code files, to
a web server. Org-publish turns org-mode into a web-site authoring
tool.
Org-publish has been contributed to Org-mode by David O'Toole.
* Menu:
* Configuration:: Defining projects
* Sample configuration:: Example projects
* Triggering publication:: Publication commands
---------- Footnotes ----------
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
(1) `org-publish.el' is not yet part of Emacs, so if you are using
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
`org.el' as it comes with Emacs, you need to download this file
separately. Also make sure org.el is at least version 4.27.

File: org, Node: Configuration, Next: Sample configuration, Prev: Publishing, Up: Publishing
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
11.1 Configuration
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
==================
Publishing needs significant configuration to specify files, destination
and many other properties of a project.
* Menu:
* Project alist:: The central configuration variable
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* Sources and destinations:: From here to there
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* Selecting files:: What files are part of the project?
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
* Publishing action:: Setting the function doing the publishing
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* Publishing options:: Tweaking HTML export
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
* Publishing links:: Which links keep working after publishing?
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* Project page index:: Publishing a list of project files

2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
File: org, Node: Project alist, Next: Sources and destinations, Prev: Configuration, Up: Configuration
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
11.1.1 The variable `org-publish-project-alist'
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
-----------------------------------------------
Org-publish is configured almost entirely through setting the value of
one variable, called `org-publish-project-alist'. Each element of the
list configures one project, and may be in one of the two following
forms:
("project-name" :property value :property value ...)
or
2008-01-31 05:31:59 -05:00
("project-name" :components ("project-name" "project-name" ...))
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
In both cases, projects are configured by specifying property values.
A project defines the set of files that will be published, as well as
the publishing configuration to use when publishing those files. When
2008-01-31 05:31:59 -05:00
a project takes the second form listed above, the individual members of
the "components" property are taken to be components of the project,
which group together files requiring different publishing options. When
you publish such a "meta-project" all the components will also publish.
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
File: org, Node: Sources and destinations, Next: Selecting files, Prev: Project alist, Up: Configuration
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
11.1.2 Sources and destinations for files
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
-----------------------------------------
Most properties are optional, but some should always be set. In
particular, org-publish needs to know where to look for source files,
and where to put published files.
`:base-directory' Directory containing publishing source files
`:publishing-directory'Directory (possibly remote) where output files
will be published.
2008-01-31 05:32:35 -05:00
`:preparation-function'Function called before starting publishing
2008-01-31 05:32:41 -05:00
process, for example to run `make' for updating
files to be published.
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
File: org, Node: Selecting files, Next: Publishing action, Prev: Sources and destinations, Up: Configuration
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
11.1.3 Selecting files
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
----------------------
By default, all files with extension `.org' in the base directory are
considered part of the project. This can be modified by setting the
properties
`:base-extension' Extension (without the dot!) of source files. This
actually is a regular expression.
`:exclude' Regular expression to match file names that should
not be published, even though they have been selected
on the basis of their extension.
`:include' List of files to be included regardless of
`:base-extension' and `:exclude'.

File: org, Node: Publishing action, Next: Publishing options, Prev: Selecting files, Up: Configuration
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
11.1.4 Publishing Action
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
------------------------
Publishing means that a file is copied to the destination directory and
possibly transformed in the process. The default transformation is to
export Org-mode files as HTML files, and this is done by the function
`org-publish-org-to-html' which calls the HTML exporter (*note HTML
export::). Other files like images only need to be copied to the
publishing destination. For non-Org-mode files, you need to specify
the publishing function.
`:publishing-function' Function executing the publication of a file.
2008-01-31 05:32:41 -05:00
This may also be a list of functions, which will
all be called in turn.
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
The function must accept two arguments: a property list containing at
least a `:publishing-directory' property, and the name of the file to
2008-01-31 05:31:59 -05:00
be published. It should take the specified file, make the necessary
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
transformation (if any) and place the result into the destination
folder. You can write your own publishing function, but `org-publish'
provides one for attachments (files that only need to be copied):
`org-publish-attachment'.

2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
File: org, Node: Publishing options, Next: Publishing links, Prev: Publishing action, Up: Configuration
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
11.1.5 Options for the HTML exporter
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
------------------------------------
The property list can be used to set many export options for the HTML
exporter. In most cases, these properties correspond to user variables
in Org-mode. The table below lists these properties along with the
variable they belong to. See the documentation string for the
respective variable for details.
`:language' `org-export-default-language'
`:headline-levels' `org-export-headline-levels'
`:section-numbers' `org-export-with-section-numbers'
`:table-of-contents' `org-export-with-toc'
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
`:archived-trees' `org-export-with-archived-trees'
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
`:emphasize' `org-export-with-emphasize'
`:sub-superscript' `org-export-with-sub-superscripts'
`:TeX-macros' `org-export-with-TeX-macros'
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
`:LaTeX-fragments' `org-export-with-LaTeX-fragments'
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
`:fixed-width' `org-export-with-fixed-width'
`:timestamps' `org-export-with-timestamps'
.
`:tags' `org-export-with-tags'
.
`:tables' `org-export-with-tables'
`:table-auto-headline' `org-export-highlight-first-table-line'
`:style' `org-export-html-style'
`:convert-org-links' `org-export-html-link-org-files-as-html'
`:inline-images' `org-export-html-inline-images'
`:expand-quoted-html' `org-export-html-expand'
`:timestamp' `org-export-html-with-timestamp'
`:publishing-directory'`org-export-publishing-directory'
`:preamble' `org-export-html-preamble'
`:postamble' `org-export-html-postamble'
`:auto-preamble' `org-export-html-auto-preamble'
`:auto-postamble' `org-export-html-auto-postamble'
`:author' `user-full-name'
`:email' `user-mail-address'
When a property is given a value in org-publish-project-alist, its
setting overrides the value of the corresponding user variable (if any)
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
during publishing. options set within a file (*note Export options::),
however, override everything.
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
File: org, Node: Publishing links, Next: Project page index, Prev: Publishing options, Up: Configuration
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
11.1.6 Links between published files
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
------------------------------------
To create a link from one Org-mode file to another, you would use
something like `[[file:foo.org][The foo]]' or simply `file:foo.org.'
(*note Hyperlinks::). Upon publishing this link becomes a link to
`foo.html'. In this way, you can interlink the pages of your "org web"
project and the links will work as expected when you publish them to
HTML.
You may also link to related files, such as images. Provided you are
careful with relative pathnames, and provided you have also configured
org-publish to upload the related files, these links will work too.
*Note Complex example:: for an example of this usage.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
Sometime an Org-mode file to be published may contain links that are
only valid in your production environment, but not in the publishing
location. In this case, use the property
`:link-validation-function' Function to validate links
to define a function for checking link validity. This function must
accept two arguments, the file name and a directory relative to which
the file name is interpreted in the production environment. If this
function returns `nil', then the HTML generator will only insert a
description into the HTML file, but no link. One option for this
function is `org-publish-validate-link' which checks if the given file
is part of any project in `org-publish-project-alist'.
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
File: org, Node: Project page index, Prev: Publishing links, Up: Configuration
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
11.1.7 Project page index
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
-------------------------
The following properties may be used to control publishing of an index
of files or summary page for a given project.
`:auto-index' When non-nil, publish an index during
org-publish-current-project or org-publish-all.
`:index-filename' Filename for output of index. Defaults to `index.org'
(which becomes `index.html').
`:index-title' Title of index page. Defaults to name of file.
`:index-function' Plugin function to use for generation of index.
Defaults to `org-publish-org-index', which generates
a plain list of links to all files in the project.

File: org, Node: Sample configuration, Next: Triggering publication, Prev: Configuration, Up: Publishing
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
11.2 Sample configuration
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
=========================
Below we provide two example configurations. The first one is a simple
project publishing only a set of Org-mode files. The second example is
more complex, with a multi-component project.
* Menu:
* Simple example:: One-component publishing
* Complex example:: A multi-component publishing example

File: org, Node: Simple example, Next: Complex example, Prev: Sample configuration, Up: Sample configuration
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
11.2.1 Example: simple publishing configuration
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
-----------------------------------------------
This example publishes a set of Org-mode files to the `public_html'
directory on the local machine.
(setq org-publish-project-alist
'(("org"
:base-directory "~/org/"
:publishing-directory "~/public_html"
:section-numbers nil
:table-of-contents nil
:style "<link rel=stylesheet
href=\"../other/mystyle.css\"
type=\"text/css\">")))

File: org, Node: Complex example, Prev: Simple example, Up: Sample configuration
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
11.2.2 Example: complex publishing configuration
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
------------------------------------------------
This more complicated example publishes an entire website, including
org files converted to HTML, image files, emacs lisp source code, and
stylesheets. The publishing-directory is remote and private files are
excluded.
To ensure that links are preserved, care should be taken to replicate
your directory structure on the web server, and to use relative file
paths. For example, if your org files are kept in `~/org' and your
publishable images in `~/images', you'd link to an image with
file:../images/myimage.png
On the web server, the relative path to the image should be the
same. You can accomplish this by setting up an "images" folder in the
right place on the webserver, and publishing images to it.
(setq org-publish-project-alist
2008-01-31 05:31:59 -05:00
'(("orgfiles"
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
:base-directory "~/org/"
:base-extension "org"
:publishing-directory "/ssh:user@host:~/html/notebook/"
:publishing-function org-publish-org-to-html
:exclude "PrivatePage.org" ;; regexp
:headline-levels 3
:section-numbers nil
:table-of-contents nil
:style "<link rel=stylesheet
href=\"../other/mystyle.css\" type=\"text/css\">"
:auto-preamble t
:auto-postamble nil)
("images"
:base-directory "~/images/"
:base-extension "jpg\\|gif\\|png"
:publishing-directory "/ssh:user@host:~/html/images/"
:publishing-function org-publish-attachment)
("other"
:base-directory "~/other/"
:base-extension "css\\|el"
:publishing-directory "/ssh:user@host:~/html/other/"
2008-01-31 05:31:59 -05:00
:publishing-function org-publish-attachment)
("website" :components ("orgfiles" "images" "other"))))
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00

File: org, Node: Triggering publication, Prev: Sample configuration, Up: Publishing
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
11.3 Triggering publication
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
===========================
Once org-publish is properly configured, you can publish with the
following functions:
2008-01-31 05:34:26 -05:00
`C-c C-e C'
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
Prompt for a specific project and publish all files that belong to
it.
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:26 -05:00
`C-c C-e P'
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
Publish the project containing the current file.
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:26 -05:00
`C-c C-e F'
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
Publish only the current file.
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:26 -05:00
`C-c C-e A'
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
Publish all projects.
Org uses timestamps to track when a file has changed. The above
functions normally only publish changed files. You can override this and
force publishing of all files by giving a prefix argument.

2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
File: org, Node: Miscellaneous, Next: Extensions and Hacking, Prev: Publishing, Up: Top
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
12 Miscellaneous
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
****************
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Menu:
* Completion:: M-TAB knows what you need
* Customization:: Adapting Org-mode to your taste
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* In-buffer settings:: Overview of the #+KEYWORDS
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* The very busy C-c C-c key:: When in doubt, press C-c C-c
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Clean view:: Getting rid of leading stars in the outline
* TTY keys:: Using Org-mode on a tty
* Interaction:: Other Emacs packages
* Bugs:: Things which do not work perfectly

File: org, Node: Completion, Next: Customization, Prev: Miscellaneous, Up: Miscellaneous
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
12.1 Completion
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
===============
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Org-mode supports in-buffer completion. This type of completion does
not make use of the minibuffer. You simply type a few letters into the
buffer and use the key to complete text right there.
`M-<TAB>'
Complete word at point
* At the beginning of a headline, complete TODO keywords.
* After `\', complete TeX symbols supported by the exporter.
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* After `*', complete headlines in the current buffer so that
they can be used in search links like `[[*find this
headline]]'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* After `:', complete tags. The list of tags is taken from the
variable `org-tag-alist' (possibly set through the `#+TAGS'
in-buffer option, *note Setting tags::), or it is created
dynamically from all tags used in the current buffer.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* After `[', complete link abbreviations (*note Link
abbreviations::).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* After `#+', complete the special keywords like `TYP_TODO' or
`OPTIONS' which set file-specific options for Org-mode. When
the option keyword is already complete, pressing `M-<TAB>'
again will insert example settings for this keyword.
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* In the line after `#+STARTUP: ', complete startup keywords,
i.e. valid keys for this line.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Elsewhere, complete dictionary words using ispell.

2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
File: org, Node: Customization, Next: In-buffer settings, Prev: Completion, Up: Miscellaneous
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
12.2 Customization
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
==================
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
There are more than 180 variables that can be used to customize
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
Org-mode. For the sake of compactness of the manual, I am not
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
describing the variables here. A structured overview of customization
variables is available with `M-x org-customize'. Or select `Browse Org
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
Group' from the `Org->Customization' menu. Many settings can also be
activated on a per-file basis, by putting special lines into the buffer
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
(*note In-buffer settings::).
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
File: org, Node: In-buffer settings, Next: The very busy C-c C-c key, Prev: Customization, Up: Miscellaneous
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
12.3 Summary of in-buffer settings
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
==================================
Org-mode uses special lines in the buffer to define settings on a
per-file basis. These lines start with a `#+' followed by a keyword, a
2008-01-31 05:31:55 -05:00
colon, and then individual words defining a setting. Several setting
words can be in the same line, but you can also have multiple lines for
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
the keyword. While these settings are described throughout the manual,
here is a summary. After changing any of those lines in the buffer,
press `C-c C-c' with the cursor still in the line to activate the
changes immediately. Otherwise they become effective only when the
file is visited again in a new Emacs session.
`#+STARTUP:'
This line sets options to be used at startup of org-mode, when an
Org-mode file is being visited. The first set of options deals
with the initial visibility of the outline tree. The
corresponding variable for global default settings is
`org-startup-folded', with a default value `t', which means
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
`overview'.
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
overview top-level headlines only
content all headlines
showall no folding at all, show everything
Then there are options for aligning tables upon visiting a file.
This is useful in files containing narrowed table columns. The
corresponding variable is `org-startup-align-all-tables', with a
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
default value `nil'.
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
align align all tables
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
noalign don't align tables on startup
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
Logging TODO state changes and clock intervals (variable
`org-log-done') can be configured using these options.
logging record a timestamp when an item is marked DONE
nologging don't record when items are marked DONE
lognotedone record timestamp and a note when DONE
lognotestate record timestamp, note when TODO state changes
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
logrepeat record a not when re-instating a repeating item
nologrepeat do not record when re-instating repeating item
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
lognoteclock-out record timestamp and a note when clocking out
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
Here are the options for hiding leading stars in outline headings.
The corresponding variables are `org-hide-leading-stars' and
`org-odd-levels-only', both with a default setting `nil' (meaning
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
`showstars' and `oddeven').
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
hidestars make all but one of the stars starting a headline invisible.
showstars show all stars starting a headline
odd allow only odd outline levels (1,3,...)
oddeven allow all outline levels
2008-01-31 05:33:05 -05:00
To turn on custom format overlays over time stamps (variables
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
`org-put-time-stamp-overlays' and
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
`org-time-stamp-overlay-formats'), use
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
customtime overlay custom time format
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
The following options influence the table spreadsheet (variable
`constants-unit-system').
constcgs `constants.el' should use the c-g-s unit system
constSI `constants.el' should use the SI unit system
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
`#+SEQ_TODO: #+TYP_TODO:'
2008-01-31 05:31:55 -05:00
These lines set the TODO keywords and their interpretation in the
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
current file. The corresponding variables are `org-todo-keywords'
and `org-todo-interpretation'.
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
`#+TAGS: TAG1(c1) TAG2(c2)'
These lines (several such lines are allowed) specify the legal
2008-01-31 05:31:59 -05:00
tags in this file, and (potentially) the corresponding _fast tag
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
selection_ keys. The corresponding variable is `org-tag-alist'.
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
`#+LINK: linkword replace'
These lines (several are allowed) specify link abbreviations.
*Note Link abbreviations::. The corresponding variable is
`org-link-abbrev-alist'.
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
`#+CATEGORY:'
This line sets the category for the agenda file. The category
applies for all subsequent lines until the next `#+CATEGORY' line,
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
or the end of the file. The first such line also applies to any
entries before it.
`#+ARCHIVE: %s_done::'
This line sets the archive location for the agenda file. It
applies for all subsequent lines until the next `#+CATEGORY' line,
or the end of the file. The first such line also applies to any
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
entries before it. The corresponding variable is
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
`org-archive-location'.
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
`#+PRIORITIES: highest lowest default'
This line sets the limits and the default for the priorities. All
three must be either letters A-Z or numbers 0-9. The highest
priority must have a lower ASCII number that the lowest priority.
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
`#+TBLFM:'
This line contains the formulas for the table directly above the
line.
`#+TITLE:, #+AUTHOR:, #+EMAIL:, #+LANGUAGE:, #+TEXT:, #+OPTIONS:'
2008-01-31 05:31:59 -05:00
These lines provide settings for exporting files. For more
details see *Note Export options::.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
File: org, Node: The very busy C-c C-c key, Next: Clean view, Prev: In-buffer settings, Up: Miscellaneous
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
12.4 The very busy C-c C-c key
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
==============================
2008-01-31 05:30:59 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
The key `C-c C-c' has many purposes in org-mode, which are all
mentioned scattered throughout this manual. One specific function of
this key is to add _tags_ to a headline (*note Tags::). In many other
circumstances it means something like _Hey Org-mode, look here and
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
update according to what you see here_. Here is a summary of what this
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
means in different contexts.
2008-01-31 05:30:59 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
- If there are highlights in the buffer from the creation of a sparse
tree, or from clock display, remove these highlights.
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
- If the cursor is in one of the special `#+KEYWORD' lines, this
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
triggers scanning the buffer for these lines and updating the
information.
- If the cursor is inside a table, realign the table. This command
works even if the automatic table editor has been turned off.
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
- If the cursor is on a `#+TBLFM' line, re-apply the formulas to the
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
entire table.
2008-01-31 05:30:59 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
- If the cursor is inside a table created by the `table.el' package,
activate that table.
2008-01-31 05:30:59 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
- If the current buffer is a remember buffer, close the note and
file it. With a prefix argument, file it, without further
interaction, to the default location.
2008-01-31 05:30:59 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
- If the cursor is on a `<<<target>>>', update radio targets and
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
corresponding links in this buffer.
2008-01-31 05:30:59 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
- If the cursor is in a plain list item with a checkbox, toggle the
status of the checkbox.
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
- If the cursor is on a numbered item in a plain list, renumber the
ordered list.
2008-01-31 05:30:59 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
File: org, Node: Clean view, Next: TTY keys, Prev: The very busy C-c C-c key, Up: Miscellaneous
2008-01-31 05:30:59 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
12.5 A cleaner outline view
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
===========================
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Some people find it noisy and distracting that the Org-mode headlines
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
are starting with a potentially large number of stars. For example the
tree from *Note Headlines:::
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Top level headline
** Second level
*** 3rd level
some text
*** 3rd level
more text
* Another top level headline
Unfortunately this is deeply ingrained into the code of Org-mode and
cannot be easily changed. You can, however, modify the display in such
a way that all leading stars become invisible and the outline more easy
to read. To do this, customize the variable `org-hide-leading-stars'
like this:
(setq org-hide-leading-stars t)
or change this on a per-file basis with one of the lines (anywhere in
the buffer)
#+STARTUP: showstars
#+STARTUP: hidestars
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
Press `C-c C-c' with the cursor in a `STARTUP' line to activate the
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
modifications.
With stars hidden, the tree becomes:
* Top level headline
* Second level
* 3rd level
some text
* 3rd level
more text
* Another top level headline
Note that the leading stars are not truly replaced by whitespace, they
are only fontified with the face `org-hide' that uses the background
2008-01-31 05:33:00 -05:00
color as font color. If you are not using either white or black
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
background, you may have to customize this face to get the wanted
effect. Another possibility is to set this font such that the extra
stars are almost invisible, for example using the color `grey90' on a
white background.
Things become cleaner still if you skip all the even levels and use
only odd levels 1, 3, 5..., effectively adding two stars to go from one
outline level to the next:
* Top level headline
* Second level
* 3rd level
some text
* 3rd level
more text
* Another top level headline
In order to make the structure editing and export commands handle this
convention correctly, use
(setq org-odd-levels-only t)
or set this on a per-file basis with one of the following lines (don't
forget to press `C-c C-c' with the cursor in the startup line to
activate changes immediately).
#+STARTUP: odd
#+STARTUP: oddeven
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
You can convert an Org-mode file from single-star-per-level to the
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
double-star-per-level convention with `M-x org-convert-to-odd-levels
2008-01-31 05:31:03 -05:00
RET' in that file. The reverse operation is `M-x
org-convert-to-oddeven-levels'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
File: org, Node: TTY keys, Next: Interaction, Prev: Clean view, Up: Miscellaneous
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
12.6 Using org-mode on a tty
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
============================
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Org-mode uses a number of keys that are not accessible on a tty. This
applies to most special keys like cursor keys, <TAB> and <RET>, when
these are combined with modifier keys like <Meta> and/or <Shift>.
Org-mode uses these bindings because it needs to provide keys for a
large number of commands, and because these keys appeared particularly
easy to remember. In order to still be able to access the core
functionality of Org-mode on a tty, alternative bindings are provided.
Here is a complete list of these bindings, which are obviously more
cumbersome to use. Note that sometimes a work-around can be better.
For example changing a time stamp is really only fun with `S-<cursor>'
keys. On a tty you would rather use `C-c .' to re-insert the
timestamp.
Default Alternative 1 Alternative 2
`S-<TAB>' `C-u <TAB>'
`M-<left>' `C-c C-x l' `<Esc> <left>'
`M-S-<left>'`C-c C-x L'
`M-<right>' `C-c C-x r' `<Esc>
<right>'
`M-S-<right>'`C-c C-x R'
`M-<up>' `C-c C-x u' `<Esc> <up>'
`M-S-<up>' `C-c C-x U'
`M-<down>' `C-c C-x d' `<Esc> <down>'
`M-S-<down>'`C-c C-x D'
`S-<RET>' `C-c C-x c'
`M-<RET>' `C-c C-x m' `<Esc> <RET>'
`M-S-<RET>' `C-c C-x M'
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
`S-<left>' `C-c <left>'
`S-<right>' `C-c <right>'
`S-<up>' `C-c <up>'
`S-<down>' `C-c <down>'
`C-S-<left>'`C-c C-x
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
<left>'
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
`C-S-<right>'`C-c C-x
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
<right>'

2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
File: org, Node: Interaction, Next: Bugs, Prev: TTY keys, Up: Miscellaneous
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
12.7 Interaction with other packages
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
====================================
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
Org-mode lives in the world of GNU Emacs and interacts in various ways
with other code out there.
* Menu:
* Cooperation:: Packages Org-mode cooperates with
* Conflicts:: Packages that lead to conflicts

2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
File: org, Node: Cooperation, Next: Conflicts, Prev: Interaction, Up: Interaction
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
12.7.1 Packages that Org-mode cooperates with
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
---------------------------------------------
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`calc.el' by Dave Gillespie
Org-mode uses the calc package for implementing spreadsheet
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
functionality in its tables (*note The spreadsheet::). Org-mode
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
checks for the availability of calc by looking for the function
`calc-eval' which should be autoloaded in your setup if calc has
been installed properly. As of Emacs 22, calc is part of the Emacs
distribution. Another possibility for interaction between the two
packages is using calc for embedded calculations. *Note Embedded
Mode: (calc)Embedded Mode.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`constants.el' by Carsten Dominik
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
In a table formula (*note The spreadsheet::), it is possible to use
names for natural constants or units. Instead of defining your own
constants in the variable `org-table-formula-constants', install
the `constants' package which defines a large number of constants
and units, and lets you use unit prefixes like `M' for `Mega' etc.
You will need version 2.0 of this package, available at
`http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools'. Org-mode checks for the
function `constants-get', which has to be autoloaded in your
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
setup. See the installation instructions in the file
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
`constants.el'.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
`cdlatex.el' by Carsten Dominik
Org-mode can make use of the cdlatex package to efficiently enter
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
LaTeX fragments into Org-mode files. See *Note CDLaTeX mode::.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
`remember.el' by John Wiegley
Org mode cooperates with remember, see *Note Remember::.
`Remember.el' is not part of Emacs, find it on the web.
`table.el' by Takaaki Ota
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
Complex ASCII tables with automatic line wrapping, column- and
row-spanning, and alignment can be created using the Emacs table
package by Takaaki Ota (`http://sourceforge.net/projects/table',
and also part of Emacs 22). When <TAB> or `C-c C-c' is pressed in
such a table, Org-mode will call `table-recognize-table' and move
the cursor into the table. Inside a table, the keymap of Org-mode
is inactive. In order to execute Org-mode-related commands, leave
the table.
`C-c C-c'
Recognize `table.el' table. Works when the cursor is in a
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
table.el table.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
`C-c ~'
Insert a table.el table. If there is already a table at
point, this command converts it between the table.el format
and the Org-mode format. See the documentation string of the
command `org-convert-table' for the restrictions under which
this is possible.
2008-01-31 05:34:42 -05:00
`table.el' is part of Emacs 22.
`footnote.el' by Steven L. Baur
Org-mode recognizes numerical footnotes as provided by this package
(*note Footnotes::).
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00

File: org, Node: Conflicts, Prev: Cooperation, Up: Interaction
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
12.7.2 Packages that lead to conflicts with Org-mode
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
----------------------------------------------------
`allout.el' by Ken Manheimer
Startup of Org-mode may fail with the error message
`(wrong-type-argument keymapp nil)' when there is an outdated
version `allout.el' on the load path, for example the version
distributed with Emacs 21.x. Upgrade to Emacs 22 and this problem
will disappear. If for some reason you cannot do this, make sure
that org.el is loaded _before_ `allout.el', for example by putting
`(require 'org)' early enough into your `.emacs' file.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
`CUA.el' by Kim. F. Storm
Keybindings in Org-mode conflict with the `S-<cursor>' keys used
by CUA-mode (as well as pc-select-mode and s-region-mode) to
select and extend the region. If you want to use one of these
packages along with Org-mode, configure the variable
`org-CUA-compatible'. When set, Org-mode will move the following
keybindings in org-mode files, and in the agenda buffer (but not
during date selection).
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
S-UP -> M-p S-DOWN -> M-n
S-LEFT -> M-- S-RIGHT -> M-+
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
Yes, these are unfortunately more difficult to remember. If you
want to have other replacement keys, look at the variable
`org-disputed-keys'.
2008-01-31 05:31:27 -05:00
`windmove.el' by Hovav Shacham
Also this package uses the `S-<cursor>' keys, so everything written
in the paragraph above about CUA mode also applies here.
2008-01-31 05:34:42 -05:00
`footnote.el' by Steven L. Baur
Org-mode supports the syntax of the footnote package, but only the
numerical footnote markers. Also, the default key for footnote
commands, `C-c !' is already used by org-mode. You could use the
variable `footnote-prefix' to switch footnotes commands to another
key. Or, you could use `org-replace-disputed-keys' and
`org-disputed-keys' to change the settings in Org-mode.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
File: org, Node: Bugs, Prev: Interaction, Up: Miscellaneous
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
12.8 Bugs
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
=========
Here is a list of things that should work differently, but which I have
found too hard to fix.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
* If a table field starts with a link, and if the corresponding table
column is narrowed (*note Narrow columns::) to a width too small to
display the link, the field would look entirely empty even though
it is not. To prevent this, Org-mode throws an error. The
work-around is to make the column wide enough to fit the link, or
to add some text (at least 2 characters) before the link in the
same field.
* Narrowing table columns does not work on XEmacs, because the
`format' function does not transport text properties.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Text in an entry protected with the `QUOTE' keyword should not
autowrap.
* When the application called by `C-c C-o' to open a file link fails
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
(for example because the application does not exist or refuses to
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
open the file), it does so silently. No error message is
displayed.
* Recalculating a table line applies the formulas from left to right.
If a formula uses _calculated_ fields further down the row,
multiple recalculation may be needed to get all fields consistent.
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
You may use the command `org-table-iterate' (`C-u C-c *') to
recalculate until convergence.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* A single letter cannot be made bold, for example `*a*'.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* The exporters work well, but could be made more efficient.

2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
File: org, Node: Extensions and Hacking, Next: History and Acknowledgments, Prev: Miscellaneous, Up: Top
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
Appendix A Extensions, Hooks and Hacking
****************************************
This appendix lists extensions for Org-mode written by other authors.
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
It also covers some aspects where users can extend the functionality of
Org-mode.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* Menu:
* Extensions:: Existing 3rd-part extensions
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* Tables in arbitrary syntax:: Orgtbl for LaTeX and other programs
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* Dynamic blocks:: Automatically filled blocks
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* Special agenda views:: Customized views
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
File: org, Node: Extensions, Next: Tables in arbitrary syntax, Prev: Extensions and Hacking, Up: Extensions and Hacking
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
A.1 Third-party extensions for Org-mode
=======================================
The following extensions for Org-mode have been written by other people:
`org-publish.el' by David O'Toole
This package provides facilities for publishing related sets of
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
Org-mode files together with linked files like images as webpages.
It is highly configurable and can be used for other publishing
purposes as well. As of Org-mode version 4.30, `org-publish.el'
is part of the Org-mode distribution. It is not yet part of
Emacs, however, a delay caused by the preparations for the 22.1
release. In the mean time, `org-publish.el' can be downloaded
from David's site: `http://dto.freeshell.org/e/org-publish.el'.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:56 -05:00
`org-mouse.el' by Piotr Zielinski
This package implements extended mouse functionality for Org-mode.
It allows you to cycle visibility and to edit the document
structure with the mouse. Best of all, it provides a
context-sensitive menu on <mouse-3> that changes depending on the
context of a mouse-click. As of Org-mode version 4.53,
`org-mouse.el' is part of the Org-mode distribution. It is not
yet part of Emacs, however, a delay caused by the preparations for
the 22.1 release. In the mean time, `org-mouse.el' can be
downloaded from Piotr's site:
`http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~pz215/files/org-mouse.el'.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
`org-blog.el' by David O'Toole
A blogging plug-in for `org-publish.el'.
`http://dto.freeshell.org/notebook/OrgMode.html'.
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
`blorg.el' by Bastien Guerry
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
Publish Org-mode files as blogs.
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
`http://www.cognition.ens.fr/~guerry/blorg.html'.
`org2rem.el' by Bastien Guerry
Translates Org-mode files into something readable by Remind.
`http://www.cognition.ens.fr/~guerry/u/org2rem.el'.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
File: org, Node: Tables in arbitrary syntax, Next: Dynamic blocks, Prev: Extensions, Up: Extensions and Hacking
A.2 Tables in arbitrary syntax
==============================
Since Orgtbl-mode can be used as a minor mode in arbitrary buffers, a
frequent feature request has been to make it work with native tables in
specific languages, for example LaTeX. However, this is extremely hard
to do in a general way, would lead to a customization nightmare, and
would take away much of the simplicity of the Orgtbl-mode table editor.
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
This appendix describes a different approach. We keep the
Orgtbl-mode table in its native format (the source table), and use a
custom function to translate the table to the correct syntax, and to
install it in the right location (the target table). This puts the
burden of writing conversion functions on the user, but it allows for a
very flexible system.
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* Menu:
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* Radio tables:: Sending and receiving
* A LaTeX example:: Step by step, almost a tutorial
* Translator functions:: Copy and modify

File: org, Node: Radio tables, Next: A LaTeX example, Prev: Tables in arbitrary syntax, Up: Tables in arbitrary syntax
A.2.1 Radio tables
------------------
To define the location of the target table, you first need to create two
lines that are comments in the current mode, but contain magic words for
Orgtbl-mode to find. Orgtbl-mode will insert the translated table
between these lines, replacing whatever was there before. For example:
/* BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL table_name */
/* END RECEIVE ORGTBL table_name */
Just above the source table, we put a special line that tells
Orgtbl-mode how to translate this table and where to install it. For
example:
#+ORGTBL: SEND table_name translation_function arguments....
`table_name' is the reference name for the table that is also used in
the receiver lines. `translation_function' is the Lisp function that
does the translation. Furthermore, the line can contain a list of
arguments (alternating key and value) at the end. The arguments will be
passed as a property list to the translation function for
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
interpretation. A few standard parameters are already recognized and
acted upon before the translation function is called:
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
`:skip N'
Skip the first N lines of the table. Hlines do count!
`:skipcols (n1 n2 ...)'
List of columns that should be skipped. If the table has a column
with calculation marks, that column is automatically discarded as
well. Please note that the translator function sees the table
_after_ the removal of these columns, the function never knows
that there have been additional columns.
The one problem remaining is how to keep the source table in the buffer
without disturbing the normal workings of the file, for example during
compilation of a C file or processing of a LaTeX file. There are a
number of different solutions:
* The table could be placed in a block comment if that is supported
by the language. For example, in C-mode you could wrap the table
between `/*' and `*/' lines.
* Sometimes it is possible to put the table after some kind of END
statement, for example `\bye' in TeX and `\end{document}' in LaTeX.
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
* You can just comment the table line by line whenever you want to
process the file, and uncomment it whenever you need to edit the
table. This only sounds tedious - the command `M-x
orgtbl-toggle-comment' does make this comment-toggling very easy,
in particular if you bind it to a key.
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00

File: org, Node: A LaTeX example, Next: Translator functions, Prev: Radio tables, Up: Tables in arbitrary syntax
A.2.2 A LaTeX example
---------------------
The best way to wrap the source table in LaTeX is to use the `comment'
environment provided by `comment.sty'. It has to be activated by
placing `\usepackage{comment}' into the document header. Orgtbl-mode
can insert a radio table skeleton(1) with the command `M-x
orgtbl-insert-radio-table'. You will be prompted for a table name,
lets say we use `salesfigures'. You will then get the following
template:
% BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
% END RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
\begin{comment}
#+ORGTBL: SEND salesfigures orgtbl-to-latex
| | |
\end{comment}
The `#+ORGTBL: SEND' line tells orgtbl-mode to use the function
`orgtbl-to-latex' to convert the table into LaTeX and to put it into
the receiver location with name `salesfigures'. You may now fill in
the table, feel free to use the spreadsheet features(2):
% BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
% END RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
\begin{comment}
#+ORGTBL: SEND salesfigures orgtbl-to-latex
| Month | Days | Nr sold | per day |
|-------+------+---------+---------|
| Jan | 23 | 55 | 2.4 |
| Feb | 21 | 16 | 0.8 |
| March | 22 | 278 | 12.6 |
#+TBLFM: $4=$3/$2;%.1f
% $ (optional extra dollar to keep font-lock happy, see footnote)
\end{comment}
When you are done, press `C-c C-c' in the table to get the converted
table inserted between the two marker lines.
Now lets assume you want to make the table header by hand, because
you want to control how columns are aligned etc. In this case we make
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
sure that the table translator does skip the first 2 lines of the source
table, and tell the command to work as a splice, i.e. to not produce
header and footer commands of the target table:
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
\begin{tabular}{lrrr}
Month & \multicolumn{1}{c}{Days} & Nr.\ sold & per day\\
% BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
% END RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
\end{tabular}
%
\begin{comment}
#+ORGTBL: SEND salesfigures orgtbl-to-latex :splice t :skip 2
| Month | Days | Nr sold | per day |
|-------+------+---------+---------|
| Jan | 23 | 55 | 2.4 |
| Feb | 21 | 16 | 0.8 |
| March | 22 | 278 | 12.6 |
#+TBLFM: $4=$3/$2;%.1f
\end{comment}
The LaTeX translator function `orgtbl-to-latex' is already part of
Orgtbl-mode. It uses a `tabular' environment to typeset the table and
marks horizontal lines with `\hline'. Furthermore, it interprets the
following parameters:
`:splice nil/t'
When set to t, return only table body lines, don't wrap them into a
tabular environment. Default is nil.
`:fmt fmt'
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
A format to be used to wrap each field, should contain `%s' for the
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
original field value. For example, to wrap each field value in
dollars, you could use `:fmt "$%s$"'. This may also be a property
list with column numbers and formats. for example `:fmt (2 "$%s$"
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
4 "%s\\%%")'.
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
`:efmt efmt'
Use this format to print numbers with exponentials. The format
should have `%s' twice for inserting mantissa and exponent, for
example `"%s\\times10^{%s}"'. The default is `"%s\\,(%s)"'. This
may also be a property list with column numbers and formats, for
example `:efmt (2 "$%s\\times10^{%s}$" 4 "$%s\\cdot10^{%s}$")'.
After `efmt' has been applied to a value, `fmt' will also be
applied.
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) By default this works only for LaTeX, HTML, and TeXInfo.
Configure the variable `orgtbl-radio-tables' to install templates for
other modes.
(2) If the `#+TBLFM' line contains an odd number of dollar
characters, this may cause problems with font-lock in latex-mode. As
shown in the example you can fix this by adding an extra line inside the
`comment' environment that is used to balance the dollar expressions.
If you are using AUCTeX with the font-latex library, a much better
solution is to add the `comment' environment to the variable
`LaTeX-verbatim-environments'.

File: org, Node: Translator functions, Prev: A LaTeX example, Up: Tables in arbitrary syntax
A.2.3 Translator functions
--------------------------
Orgtbl-mode has several translator functions built-in:
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
`orgtbl-to-latex', `orgtbl-to-html', and `orgtbl-to-texinfo'. Except
for `orgtbl-to-html'(1), these all use a generic translator,
`orgtbl-to-generic'. For example, `orgtbl-to-latex' itself is a very
short function that computes the column definitions for the `tabular'
environment, defines a few field and line separators and then hands
over to the generic translator. Here is the entire code:
(defun orgtbl-to-latex (table params)
"Convert the orgtbl-mode TABLE to LaTeX."
(let* ((alignment (mapconcat (lambda (x) (if x "r" "l"))
org-table-last-alignment ""))
(params2
(list
:tstart (concat "\\begin{tabular}{" alignment "}")
:tend "\\end{tabular}"
:lstart "" :lend " \\\\" :sep " & "
:efmt "%s\\,(%s)" :hline "\\hline")))
(orgtbl-to-generic table (org-combine-plists params2 params))))
As you can see, the properties passed into the function (variable
PARAMS) are combined with the ones newly defined in the function
(variable PARAMS2). The ones passed into the function (i.e. the ones
set by the `ORGTBL SEND' line) take precedence. So if you would like
to use the LaTeX translator, but wanted the line endings to be
`\\[2mm]' instead of the default `\\', you could just overrule the
default with
#+ORGTBL: SEND test orgtbl-to-latex :lend " \\\\[2mm]"
For a new language, you can either write your own converter function
in analogy with the LaTeX translator, or you can use the generic
function directly. For example, if you have a language where a table
is started with `!BTBL!', ended with `!ETBL!', and where table lines are
started with `!BL!', ended with `!EL!' and where the field separator is
a TAB, you could call the generic translator like this (on a single
line!):
#+ORGTBL: SEND test orgtbl-to-generic :tstart "!BTBL!" :tend "!ETBL!"
:lstart "!BL! " :lend " !EL!" :sep "\t"
Please check the documentation string of the function
`orgtbl-to-generic' for a full list of parameters understood by that
function and remember that you can pass each of them into
`orgtbl-to-latex', `orgtbl-to-texinfo', and any other function using
the generic function.
Of course you can also write a completely new function doing
complicated things the generic translator cannot do. A translator
function takes two arguments. The first argument is the table, a list
of lines, each line either the symbol `hline' or a list of fields. The
second argument is the property list containing all parameters
specified in the `#+ORGTBL: SEND' line. The function must return a
single string containing the formatted table. If you write a generally
useful translator, please post it on `emacs-orgmode@gnu.org' so that
others can benefit from your work.
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) The HTML translator uses the same code that produces tables
during HTML export.
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00

File: org, Node: Dynamic blocks, Next: Special agenda views, Prev: Tables in arbitrary syntax, Up: Extensions and Hacking
A.3 Dynamic blocks
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
==================
Org-mode documents can contain _dynamic blocks_. These are specially
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
marked regions that are updated by some user-written function. A good
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
example for such a block is the clock table inserted by the command
`C-c C-x C-r' (*note Clocking work time::).
Dynamic block are enclosed by a BEGIN-END structure that assigns a
name to the block and can also specify parameters for the function
producing the content of the block.
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
#+BEGIN: myblock :parameter1 value1 :parameter2 value2 ...
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
#+END:
Dynamic blocks are updated with the following commands
`C-c C-x C-u'
Update dynamic block at point.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
`C-u C-c C-x C-u'
Update all dynamic blocks in the current file.
Updating a dynamic block means to remove all the text between BEGIN
and END, parse the BEGIN line for parameters and then call the specific
writer function for this block to insert the new content. For a block
with name `myblock', the writer function is `org-dblock-write:myblock'
with as only parameter a property list with the parameters given in the
begin line. Here is a trivial example of a block that keeps track of
when the block update function was last run:
#+BEGIN: block-update-time :format "on %m/%d/%Y at %H:%M"
#+END:
The corresponding block writer function could look like this:
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
(defun org-dblock-write:block-update-time (params)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
(let ((fmt (or (plist-get params :format) "%d. %m. %Y")))
(insert "Last block update at: "
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
(format-time-string fmt (current-time)))))
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
If you want to make sure that all dynamic blocks are always
up-to-date, you could add the function `org-update-all-dblocks' to a
hook, for example `before-save-hook'. `org-update-all-dblocks' is
written in a way that is does nothing in buffers that are not in
Org-mode.
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00

File: org, Node: Special agenda views, Prev: Dynamic blocks, Up: Extensions and Hacking
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
A.4 Special Agenda Views
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
========================
Org-mode provides a special hook that can be used to narrow down the
selection made by any of the agenda views. You may specify a function
that is used at each match to verify if the match should indeed be part
of the agenda view, and if not, how much should be skipped.
Let's say you want to produce a list of projects that contain a
WAITING tag anywhere in the project tree. Let's further assume that
you have marked all tree headings that define a project with the todo
keyword PROJECT. In this case you would run a todo search for the
keyword PROJECT, but skip the match unless there is a WAITING tag
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
anywhere in the subtree belonging to the project line.
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
To achieve this, you must write a function that searches the subtree
for the tag. If the tag is found, the function must return `nil' to
indicate that this match should not be skipped. If there is no such
tag, return the location of the end of the subtree, to indicate that
search should continue from there.
(defun my-skip-unless-waiting ()
"Skip trees that are not waiting"
(let ((subtree-end (save-excursion (org-end-of-subtree t))))
(if (re-search-forward ":WAITING:" subtree-end t)
nil ; tag found, do not skip
subtree-end))) ; tag not found, continue after end of subtree
Furthermore you must write a command that uses `let' to temporarily
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
put this function into the variable `org-agenda-skip-function', sets
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
the header string for the agenda buffer, and calls the todo-list
generator while asking for the specific TODO keyword PROJECT. The
function must also accept one argument MATCH, but it can choose to
ignore it(1) (as we do in the example below). Here is the example:
(defun my-org-waiting-projects (&optional match)
"Produce a list of projects that contain a WAITING tag.
MATCH is being ignored."
(interactive)
(let ((org-agenda-skip-function 'my-skip-unless-waiting)
(org-agenda-overriding-header "Projects waiting for something: "))
;; make the list
(org-todo-list "PROJECT")))
---------- Footnotes ----------
(1) MATCH must be present in case you want to define a custom
command for producing this special list. Custom commands always supply
the MATCH argument, but it can be empty if you do not specify it while
defining the command(*note Custom agenda views::).
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00

File: org, Node: History and Acknowledgments, Next: Index, Prev: Extensions and Hacking, Up: Top
Appendix B History and Acknowledgments
**************************************
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
Org-mode was borne in 2003, out of frustration over the user interface
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
of the Emacs outline-mode. I was trying to organize my notes and
projects, and using Emacs seemed to be the natural way to go. However,
having to remember eleven different commands with two or three keys per
command, only to hide and unhide parts of the outline tree, that seemed
entirely unacceptable to me. Also, when using outlines to take notes, I
constantly want to restructure the tree, organizing it parallel to my
thoughts and plans. _Visibility cycling_ and _structure editing_ were
originally implemented in the package `outline-magic.el', but quickly
moved to the more general `org.el'. As this environment became
comfortable for project planning, the next step was adding _TODO
entries_, basic _time stamps_, and _table support_. These areas
highlight the two main goals that Org-mode still has today: To create a
new, outline-based, plain text mode with innovative and intuitive
editing features, and to incorporate project planning functionality
directly into a notes file.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
Since the first release, hundreds of emails to me or on
`emacs-orgmode@gnu.org' have provided a constant stream of bug reports,
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
feedback, new ideas, and sometimes patches and add-on code. Many
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
thanks to everyone who has helped to improve this package. I am trying
to keep here a list of the people who had significant influence in
shaping one or more aspects of Org-mode. The list may not be complete,
if I have forgotten someone, please accept my apologies and let me know.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Thomas Baumann contributed the code for links to the MH-E email
system.
* Alex Bochannek provided a patch for rounding time stamps.
2008-01-31 05:31:55 -05:00
* Charles Cave's suggestion sparked the implementation of templates
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
for Remember.
* Pavel Chalmoviansky influenced the agenda treatment of items with
specified time.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* Gregory Chernov patched support for lisp forms into table
calculations and improved XEmacs compatibility, in particular by
porting `nouline.el' to XEmacs.
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
* Sacha Chua suggested to copy some linking code from Planner.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* Eddward DeVilla proposed and tested checkbox statistics.
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* Kees Dullemond used to edit projects lists directly in HTML and so
inspired some of the early development, including HTML export. He
also asked for a way to narrow wide table columns.
2008-01-31 05:31:11 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Christian Egli converted the documentation into TeXInfo format,
patched CSS formatting into the HTML exporter, and inspired the
agenda.
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* David Emery provided a patch for custom CSS support in exported
HTML agendas.
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
* Nic Ferrier contributed mailcap and XOXO support.
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* John Foerch figured out how to make incremental search show context
around a match in a hidden outline tree.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* Niels Giessen had the idea to automatically archive DONE trees.
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
* Bastien Guerry provided extensive feedback and some patches, and
translated David O'Toole's tutorial into French.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
* Kai Grossjohann pointed out key-binding conflicts with other
packages.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* Shidai Liu ("Leo") asked for embedded LaTeX and tested it. He also
provided frequent feedback and some patches.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* Jason F. McBrayer suggested agenda export to CSV format.
* Dmitri Minaev sent a patch to set priority limits on a per-file
basis.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Stefan Monnier provided a patch to keep the Emacs-Lisp compiler
happy.
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* Rick Moynihan proposed to allow multiple TODO sequences in a file.
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
* Todd Neal provided patches for links to Info files and elisp forms.
2008-01-31 05:31:55 -05:00
* Tim O'Callaghan suggested in-file links, search options for general
file links, and TAGS.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
* Takeshi Okano translated the manual and David O'Toole's tutorial
into Japanese.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Oliver Oppitz suggested multi-state TODO items.
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
* Scott Otterson sparked the introduction of descriptive text for
links, among other things.
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* Pete Phillips helped during the development of the TAGS feature,
and provided frequent feedback.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
* T.V. Raman reported bugs and suggested improvements.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Matthias Rempe (Oelde) provided ideas, Windows support, and quality
control.
* Kevin Rogers contributed code to access VM files on remote hosts.
2008-01-31 05:31:55 -05:00
* Frank Ruell solved the mystery of the `keymapp nil' bug, a
conflict with `allout.el'.
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:33:05 -05:00
* Jason Riedy sent a patch to fix a bug with export of TODO keywords.
2008-01-31 05:32:35 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Philip Rooke created the Org-mode reference card and provided lots
of feedback.
* Christian Schlauer proposed angular brackets around links, among
other things.
* Linking to VM/BBDB/GNUS was inspired by Tom Shannon's
`organizer-mode.el'.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* Daniel Sinder came up with the idea of internal archiving by
locking subtrees.
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* Dale Smith proposed link abbreviations.
2008-01-31 05:31:59 -05:00
* David O'Toole wrote `org-publish.el' and drafted the manual
chapter about publishing.
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Ju"rgen Vollmer contributed code generating the table of contents
in HTML output.
* Chris Wallace provided a patch implementing the `QUOTE' keyword.
* David Wainberg suggested archiving, and improvements to the linking
system.
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
* John Wiegley wrote `emacs-wiki.el' and `planner.el'. The
development of Org-mode was fully independent, and both systems are
really different beasts in their basic ideas and implementation
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
details. I later looked at John's code, however, and learned from
his implementation of (i) links where the link itself is hidden
and only a description is shown, and (ii) popping up a calendar to
select a date.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* Carsten Wimmer suggested some changes and helped fix a bug in
linking to GNUS.
* Roland Winkler requested additional keybindings to make Org-mode
work on a tty.
2008-01-31 05:33:05 -05:00
* Piotr Zielinski wrote `org-mouse.el', proposed agenda blocks and
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
contributed various ideas and code snippets.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
File: org, Node: Index, Next: Key Index, Prev: History and Acknowledgments, Up: Top
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
Index
*****
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
[index]
* Menu:
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* abbreviation, links: Link abbreviations. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* acknowledgments: History and Acknowledgments.
(line 6)
* action, for publishing: Publishing action. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
* activation: Activation. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* active region <1>: Export commands. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* active region <2>: ASCII export. (line 9)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* active region <3>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
(line 141)
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
* active region: Structure editing. (line 64)
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
* agenda: Weekly/Daily agenda. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* agenda dispatcher: Agenda dispatcher. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* agenda files: Agenda files. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
* agenda files, removing buffers: Agenda commands. (line 239)
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
* agenda views: Agenda views. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* agenda views, custom: Custom agenda views. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
* agenda views, exporting <1>: Exporting Agenda Views.
(line 6)
* agenda views, exporting: Agenda commands. (line 228)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* agenda views, user-defined: Special agenda views.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
* agenda, pipe: Extracting Agenda Information for other programs.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* agenda, with block views: Block agenda. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* align, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 29)
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* allout.el: Conflicts. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* angular brackets, around links: External links. (line 43)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* archive locations: Moving subtrees. (line 21)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* archiving: Archiving. (line 6)
* ASCII export: ASCII export. (line 6)
* author: Feedback. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
* autoload: Activation. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:56 -05:00
* backtrace of an error: Feedback. (line 27)
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
* BBDB links: External links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* block agenda: Block agenda. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* blorg.el: Extensions. (line 32)
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* bold text: Enhancing text. (line 15)
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
* Boolean logic, for tag searches: Tag searches. (line 23)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* bug reports: Feedback. (line 6)
* bugs: Bugs. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* C-c C-c, overview: The very busy C-c C-c key.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* calc package: The spreadsheet. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* calc.el: Cooperation. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* calculations, in tables <1>: The spreadsheet. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* calculations, in tables: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
(line 141)
2008-01-31 05:33:26 -05:00
* calendar commands, from agenda: Agenda commands. (line 191)
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
* calendar integration: Weekly/Daily agenda. (line 24)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* calendar, for selecting date: The date/time prompt.
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
(line 26)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* category: Categories. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* CDLaTeX: CDLaTeX mode. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* cdlatex.el: Cooperation. (line 29)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* checkbox statistics: Checkboxes. (line 23)
2008-01-31 05:32:13 -05:00
* checkboxes: Checkboxes. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* children, subtree visibility state: Visibility cycling. (line 10)
* clean outline view: Clean view. (line 6)
* column formula: Column formulas. (line 6)
* commands, in agenda buffer: Agenda commands. (line 6)
* comment lines: Comment lines. (line 6)
* completion, of dictionary words: Completion. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* completion, of file names: Handling links. (line 43)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* completion, of link abbreviations: Completion. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* completion, of links: Handling links. (line 25)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* completion, of option keywords <1>: Completion. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* completion, of option keywords <2>: Export options. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
* completion, of option keywords: Per file keywords. (line 23)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* completion, of tags <1>: Completion. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
* completion, of tags: Setting tags. (line 11)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* completion, of TeX symbols: Completion. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* completion, of TODO keywords <1>: Completion. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
* completion, of TODO keywords: Workflow states. (line 15)
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
* constants, in calculations: References. (line 82)
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* constants.el: Cooperation. (line 14)
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
* constcgs, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 54)
* constSI, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 54)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* content, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 22)
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* contents, global visibility state: Visibility cycling. (line 22)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* copying, of subtrees: Structure editing. (line 6)
* creating timestamps: Creating timestamps. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* CUA.el: Conflicts. (line 15)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* custom agenda views: Custom agenda views. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* custom date/time format: Custom time format. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:19 -05:00
* custom search strings: Custom searches. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* customization: Customization. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
* customtime, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 51)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* cutting, of subtrees: Structure editing. (line 6)
* cycling, of TODO states: TODO basics. (line 13)
* cycling, visibility: Visibility cycling. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* daily agenda: Weekly/Daily agenda. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* date format, custom: Custom time format. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* date range: Time stamps. (line 41)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* date stamps <1>: Time stamps. (line 6)
* date stamps: Timestamps. (line 6)
* date, reading in minibuffer: The date/time prompt.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* DEADLINE keyword: Deadlines and scheduling.
(line 10)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* deadlines: Time stamps. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* debugging, of table formulas: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
(line 97)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* demotion, of subtrees: Structure editing. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* diary entries, creating from agenda: Agenda commands. (line 196)
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
* diary integration: Weekly/Daily agenda. (line 24)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* dictionary word completion: Completion. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* directories, for publishing: Sources and destinations.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* dispatching agenda commands: Agenda dispatcher. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:26 -05:00
* display changing, in agenda: Agenda commands. (line 65)
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
* document structure: Document structure. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
* DONE, final TODO keyword: Per file keywords. (line 26)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* dynamic blocks: Dynamic blocks. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* editing tables: Tables. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* editing, of table formulas: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
* elisp links: External links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* emphasized text: Export options. (line 25)
* enhancing text: Enhancing text. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* evaluate time range: Creating timestamps. (line 48)
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
* even, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 44)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* exporting: Exporting. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
* exporting agenda views <1>: Exporting Agenda Views.
(line 12)
* exporting agenda views: Agenda commands. (line 228)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* exporting, not: Comment lines. (line 6)
* extended TODO keywords: TODO extensions. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* extension, third-party: Extensions. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* external archiving: Moving subtrees. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
* external links: External links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* external links, in HTML export: Links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* FAQ: Summary. (line 53)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* feedback: Feedback. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* field formula: Field formulas. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
* field references: References. (line 15)
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
* file links: External links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:19 -05:00
* file links, searching: Search options. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* file name completion: Handling links. (line 43)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* files for agenda: Agenda files. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* files, adding to agenda list: Agenda files. (line 12)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* files, selecting for publishing: Selecting files. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* fixed width: Enhancing text. (line 28)
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* fixed-width sections: Export options. (line 25)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* folded, subtree visibility state: Visibility cycling. (line 10)
* folding, sparse trees: Sparse trees. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* following links: Handling links. (line 58)
2008-01-31 05:34:42 -05:00
* footnote.el <1>: Conflicts. (line 35)
* footnote.el <2>: Cooperation. (line 56)
* footnote.el: Footnotes. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:55 -05:00
* footnotes <1>: Export options. (line 25)
2008-01-31 05:34:42 -05:00
* footnotes: Footnotes. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* format specifier: Formula syntax for Calc.
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
(line 14)
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
* format, of links: Link format. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* formula debugging: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
(line 97)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* formula editing: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* formula syntax, Calc: Formula syntax for Calc.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* formula, for individual table field: Field formulas. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* formula, for table column: Column formulas. (line 6)
* formula, in tables: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
(line 141)
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* global cycling: Visibility cycling. (line 22)
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
* global keybindings: Activation. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* global TODO list: Global TODO list. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* global visibility states: Visibility cycling. (line 22)
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
* GNUS links: External links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:46 -05:00
* grouping columns in tables: Column groups. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* hand-formatted lists: Enhancing text. (line 11)
* headline levels: Export options. (line 25)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* headline levels, for exporting <1>: Export commands. (line 34)
2008-01-31 05:31:31 -05:00
* headline levels, for exporting: ASCII export. (line 18)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* headline navigation: Motion. (line 6)
* headline tagging: Tags. (line 6)
* headline, promotion and demotion: Structure editing. (line 6)
* headlines: Headlines. (line 6)
* hide text: Visibility cycling. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
* hidestars, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 44)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* hiding leading stars: Clean view. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* history: History and Acknowledgments.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* horizontal rules, in exported files: Enhancing text. (line 18)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* HTML export: HTML export. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* HTML, and orgtbl-mode: Translator functions.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* hyperlinks: Hyperlinks. (line 6)
* iCalendar export: iCalendar export. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* images, inline in HTML: Images. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* in-buffer settings: In-buffer settings. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* inactive timestamp: Time stamps. (line 50)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* index, of published pages: Project page index. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
* Info links: External links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
* inheritance, of tags: Tag inheritance. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* inlining images in HTML: Images. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* inserting links: Handling links. (line 25)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* installation: Installation. (line 6)
* internal archiving: ARCHIVE tag. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
* internal links: Internal links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* internal links, in HTML export: Links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* introduction: Introduction. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* italic text: Enhancing text. (line 15)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* jumping, to headlines: Motion. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
* keybindings, global: Activation. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* keyword options: Per file keywords. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* LaTeX fragments <1>: Export options. (line 25)
* LaTeX fragments: LaTeX fragments. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* LaTeX fragments, export: Enhancing text. (line 21)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* LaTeX fragments, preview: Processing LaTeX fragments.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* LaTeX interpretation: Embedded LaTeX. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* LaTeX, and orgtbl-mode: A LaTeX example. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
* level, require for tags match: Tag searches. (line 68)
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* linebreak preservation: Export options. (line 25)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* linebreak, forced: Enhancing text. (line 35)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* link abbreviations: Link abbreviations. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* link abbreviations, completion of: Completion. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* link completion: Handling links. (line 25)
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
* link format: Link format. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
* links, external: External links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* links, finding next/previous: Handling links. (line 91)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* links, handling: Handling links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* links, in HTML export: Links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
* links, internal: Internal links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* links, publishing: Publishing links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* links, radio targets: Radio targets. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* links, returning to: Handling links. (line 85)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* Lisp forms, as table formulas: Formula syntax for Lisp.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* lists, hand-formatted: Enhancing text. (line 11)
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
* lists, ordered: Plain lists. (line 6)
* lists, plain: Plain lists. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* logdone, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 33)
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
* logging, of progress: Progress logging. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* lognoteclock-out, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 33)
* lognotedone, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 33)
* lognotestate, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 33)
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
* logrepeat, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 33)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* maintainer: Feedback. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* mark ring: Handling links. (line 81)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* marking characters, tables: Advanced features. (line 40)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* matching, of tags: Matching headline tags.
(line 6)
* matching, tags: Tags. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* math symbols: Math symbols. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
* MH-E links: External links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* minor mode for tables: orgtbl-mode. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* mode, for calc: Formula syntax for Calc.
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
(line 14)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* motion commands in agenda: Agenda commands. (line 19)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* motion, between headlines: Motion. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
* name, of column or field: References. (line 82)
* named references: References. (line 82)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* names as TODO keywords: TODO types. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
* narrow columns in tables: Narrow columns. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* noalign, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 29)
* nologging, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 33)
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
* nologrepeat, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 33)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* occur, command: Sparse trees. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
* odd, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 44)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* option keyword completion: Completion. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* options, for custom agenda views: Setting Options. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* options, for customization: Customization. (line 6)
* options, for export: Export options. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* options, for publishing: Publishing options. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
* ordered lists: Plain lists. (line 6)
* org-agenda, command: Weekly/Daily agenda. (line 9)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* org-blog.el: Extensions. (line 28)
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
* org-mode, turning on: Activation. (line 22)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* org-mouse.el: Extensions. (line 16)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* org-publish-project-alist: Project alist. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:56 -05:00
* org-publish.el: Extensions. (line 8)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* org2rem.el: Extensions. (line 36)
* orgtbl-mode <1>: Tables in arbitrary syntax.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* orgtbl-mode: orgtbl-mode. (line 6)
* outline tree: Headlines. (line 6)
* outline-mode: Outlines. (line 6)
* outlines: Outlines. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* overview, global visibility state: Visibility cycling. (line 22)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* overview, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 22)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* packages, interaction with other: Interaction. (line 6)
* pasting, of subtrees: Structure editing. (line 6)
* per file keywords: Per file keywords. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
* plain lists: Plain lists. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* plain text external links: External links. (line 43)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* presentation, of agenda items: Presentation and sorting.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:41 -05:00
* printing sparse trees: Sparse trees. (line 41)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* priorities: Priorities. (line 6)
* priorities, of agenda items: Sorting of agenda items.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
* progress logging: Progress logging. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* projects, for publishing: Project alist. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* promotion, of subtrees: Structure editing. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* publishing: Publishing. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
* quoted HTML tags: Export options. (line 25)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* radio tables: Radio tables. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* radio targets: Radio targets. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
* range references: References. (line 60)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* ranges, time: Time stamps. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* recomputing table fields: Updating the table. (line 6)
* references: References. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
* references, named: References. (line 82)
* references, to fields: References. (line 15)
* references, to ranges: References. (line 60)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* region, active <1>: Export commands. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* region, active <2>: ASCII export. (line 9)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* region, active <3>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
(line 141)
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
* region, active: Structure editing. (line 64)
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
* regular expressions, with tags search: Tag searches. (line 63)
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
* remember.el <1>: Cooperation. (line 33)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* remember.el: Remember. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:26 -05:00
* remote editing, from agenda: Agenda commands. (line 106)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* remote editing, undo: Agenda commands. (line 107)
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* richer text: Enhancing text. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
* RMAIL links: External links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* SCHEDULED keyword: Deadlines and scheduling.
(line 22)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* scheduling: Time stamps. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
* Scripts, for agenda processing: Extracting Agenda Information for other programs.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:19 -05:00
* search option in file links: Search options. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* search strings, custom: Custom searches. (line 6)
* searching for tags: Tag searches. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* section-numbers: Export options. (line 25)
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
* setting tags: Setting tags. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
* SHELL links: External links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
* show all, command: Visibility cycling. (line 33)
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* show all, global visibility state: Visibility cycling. (line 22)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* show hidden text: Visibility cycling. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* showall, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 22)
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
* showstars, STARTUP keyword: In-buffer settings. (line 44)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* sorting, of agenda items: Sorting of agenda items.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* sparse tree, for deadlines: Inserting deadline/schedule.
(line 11)
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
* sparse tree, for TODO: TODO basics. (line 26)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* sparse tree, tag based: Tags. (line 6)
* sparse trees: Sparse trees. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* special keywords: In-buffer settings. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* spreadsheet capabilities: The spreadsheet. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* statistics, for checkboxes: Checkboxes. (line 23)
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
* storing links: Handling links. (line 9)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* structure editing: Structure editing. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
* structure of document: Document structure. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* sublevels, inclusion into tags match: Tag inheritance. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
* sublevels, inclusion into todo list: Global TODO list. (line 34)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* subscript: Subscripts and Superscripts.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* subtree cycling: Visibility cycling. (line 10)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* subtree visibility states: Visibility cycling. (line 10)
* subtree, cut and paste: Structure editing. (line 6)
* subtree, subtree visibility state: Visibility cycling. (line 10)
* subtrees, cut and paste: Structure editing. (line 6)
* summary: Summary. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* superscript: Subscripts and Superscripts.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* syntax, of formulas: Formula syntax for Calc.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* table editor, built-in: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* table editor, table.el: Cooperation. (line 37)
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* table of contents: Export options. (line 25)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* table.el: Cooperation. (line 34)
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* tables <1>: Export options. (line 25)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* tables: Tables. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* tables, export: Enhancing text. (line 24)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* tables, in other modes: Tables in arbitrary syntax.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* tag completion: Completion. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
* tag searches: Tag searches. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* tags: Tags. (line 6)
* tags view: Matching headline tags.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* tags, setting: Setting tags. (line 6)
* targets, for links: Internal links. (line 6)
* targets, radio: Radio targets. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
* tasks, breaking down: Breaking down tasks. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* templates, for remember: Remember templates. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* TeX interpretation: Embedded LaTeX. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* TeX macros <1>: Export options. (line 25)
* TeX macros: Math symbols. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* TeX macros, export: Enhancing text. (line 21)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* TeX symbol completion: Completion. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* TeX-like syntax for sub- and superscripts: Export options. (line 25)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* thanks: History and Acknowledgments.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* time format, custom: Custom time format. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* time grid: Time-of-day specifications.
(line 26)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* time stamps <1>: Time stamps. (line 6)
* time stamps: Timestamps. (line 6)
* time, reading in minibuffer: The date/time prompt.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* time-of-day specification: Time-of-day specifications.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* time-sorted view: Timeline. (line 6)
* timeline, single file: Timeline. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* timerange: Time stamps. (line 41)
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* timestamp: Time stamps. (line 14)
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* timestamp, inactive: Time stamps. (line 50)
* timestamp, with repeater interval: Time stamps. (line 25)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* timestamps, creating: Creating timestamps. (line 6)
* TODO items: TODO items. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:48 -05:00
* TODO keyword matching: Global TODO list. (line 17)
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
* TODO keyword matching, with tags search: Tag searches. (line 40)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* todo keyword sets: Multiple sets in one file.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* TODO keywords completion: Completion. (line 6)
* TODO list, global: Global TODO list. (line 6)
* TODO types: TODO types. (line 6)
* TODO workflow: Workflow states. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* transient-mark-mode <1>: Export commands. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* transient-mark-mode <2>: ASCII export. (line 9)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* transient-mark-mode <3>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
(line 141)
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
* transient-mark-mode: Structure editing. (line 64)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* translator function: Translator functions.
(line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* trees, sparse: Sparse trees. (line 6)
* trees, visibility: Visibility cycling. (line 6)
* tty keybindings: TTY keys. (line 6)
* types as TODO keywords: TODO types. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
* underlined text: Enhancing text. (line 15)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* undoing remote-editing events: Agenda commands. (line 107)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* updating, table: Updating the table. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
* URL links: External links. (line 6)
* USENET links: External links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* variables, for customization: Customization. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* vectors, in table calculations: Formula syntax for Calc.
(line 11)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* visibility cycling: Visibility cycling. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:41 -05:00
* visible text, printing: Sparse trees. (line 41)
2008-01-31 04:51:19 -05:00
* VM links: External links. (line 6)
* WANDERLUST links: External links. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* weekly agenda: Weekly/Daily agenda. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:30 -05:00
* windmove.el: Conflicts. (line 32)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* workflow states as TODO keywords: Workflow states. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
* XEmacs: Installation. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* XOXO export: XOXO export. (line 6)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

File: org, Node: Key Index, Prev: Index, Up: Top
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
Key Index
*********
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
[index]
* Menu:
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* $: Agenda commands. (line 121)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* ': CDLaTeX mode. (line 43)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* +: Agenda commands. (line 143)
* ,: Agenda commands. (line 135)
* -: Agenda commands. (line 149)
* .: Agenda commands. (line 98)
* :: Agenda commands. (line 129)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* <: The date/time prompt.
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
(line 32)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* <left>: Agenda commands. (line 95)
* <RET> <1>: Agenda commands. (line 39)
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* <RET> <2>: The date/time prompt.
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
(line 57)
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* <RET> <3>: Setting tags. (line 76)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* <RET>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
(line 62)
* <right>: Agenda commands. (line 90)
2008-01-31 05:32:48 -05:00
* <SPC> <1>: Agenda commands. (line 28)
* <SPC>: Setting tags. (line 73)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* <TAB> <1>: CDLaTeX mode. (line 23)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* <TAB> <2>: Agenda commands. (line 33)
2008-01-31 05:32:48 -05:00
* <TAB> <3>: Setting tags. (line 68)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* <TAB> <4>: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
(line 57)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* <TAB> <5>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
(line 55)
* <TAB> <6>: Plain lists. (line 41)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* <TAB>: Visibility cycling. (line 10)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* > <1>: Agenda commands. (line 171)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* >: The date/time prompt.
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
(line 33)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* ^: CDLaTeX mode. (line 33)
* _: CDLaTeX mode. (line 33)
* `: CDLaTeX mode. (line 39)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* a: Agenda commands. (line 132)
* b: Agenda commands. (line 49)
* C: Agenda commands. (line 211)
2008-01-31 05:33:26 -05:00
* c: Agenda commands. (line 191)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* C-#: Advanced features. (line 9)
* C-': Agenda files. (line 18)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-,: Agenda files. (line 18)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* C-_: Agenda commands. (line 107)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* C-a a L: Timeline. (line 10)
2008-01-31 05:34:42 -05:00
* C-c ! <1>: Footnotes. (line 14)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* C-c !: Creating timestamps. (line 19)
2008-01-31 05:33:05 -05:00
* C-c #: Checkboxes. (line 56)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* C-c %: Handling links. (line 81)
* C-c &: Handling links. (line 85)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* C-c ': Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
(line 36)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* C-c *: Updating the table. (line 13)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-c +: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
(line 141)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-c ,: Priorities. (line 18)
* C-c -: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
(line 90)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-c .: Creating timestamps. (line 10)
* C-c /: Sparse trees. (line 15)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* C-c :: Enhancing text. (line 32)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* C-c ;: Comment lines. (line 10)
* C-c <: Creating timestamps. (line 23)
2008-01-31 05:30:30 -05:00
* C-c <TAB>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
(line 161)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* C-c = <1>: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
(line 14)
* C-c =: Column formulas. (line 26)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* C-c >: Creating timestamps. (line 27)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* C-c ?: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
(line 24)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-c [: Agenda files. (line 12)
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
* C-c \: Tag searches. (line 9)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-c ]: Agenda files. (line 15)
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
* C-c ^ <1>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
(line 94)
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
* C-c ^: Structure editing. (line 52)
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
* C-c `: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
(line 157)
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
* C-c a !: Stuck projects. (line 14)
* C-c a #: Stuck projects. (line 13)
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
* C-c a a: Weekly/Daily agenda. (line 9)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* C-c a C: Storing searches. (line 9)
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
* C-c a e: Exporting Agenda Views.
(line 57)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-c a M: Matching headline tags.
(line 15)
* C-c a m: Matching headline tags.
(line 10)
2008-01-31 05:33:13 -05:00
* C-c a M: Tag searches. (line 16)
* C-c a m: Tag searches. (line 12)
2008-01-31 05:31:55 -05:00
* C-c a T: Global TODO list. (line 14)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-c a t <1>: Global TODO list. (line 9)
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
* C-c a t: TODO basics. (line 36)
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
* C-c C-a: Visibility cycling. (line 33)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-c C-b: Motion. (line 15)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* C-c C-c <1>: Cooperation. (line 37)
* C-c C-c <2>: The very busy C-c C-c key.
2008-01-31 05:31:08 -05:00
(line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* C-c C-c <3>: Processing LaTeX fragments.
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
(line 15)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* C-c C-c <4>: Setting tags. (line 10)
* C-c C-c <5>: Checkboxes. (line 37)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* C-c C-c <6>: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
(line 46)
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
* C-c C-c <7>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:30:56 -05:00
(line 54)
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* C-c C-c: Plain lists. (line 81)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* C-c C-d <1>: Agenda commands. (line 156)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* C-c C-d: Inserting deadline/schedule.
(line 9)
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
* C-c C-e: Exporting. (line 19)
* C-c C-e a: ASCII export. (line 9)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* C-c C-e b: Export commands. (line 7)
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
* C-c C-e c: iCalendar export. (line 21)
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
* C-c C-e H: Export commands. (line 10)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* C-c C-e h: Export commands. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
* C-c C-e I: iCalendar export. (line 16)
* C-c C-e i: iCalendar export. (line 14)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* C-c C-e R: Export commands. (line 13)
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
* C-c C-e t: Export options. (line 13)
* C-c C-e v <1>: XOXO export. (line 11)
2008-01-31 05:32:41 -05:00
* C-c C-e v: Sparse trees. (line 41)
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
* C-c C-e v a: ASCII export. (line 13)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* C-c C-e v b: Export commands. (line 18)
* C-c C-e v H: Export commands. (line 18)
* C-c C-e v h: Export commands. (line 18)
* C-c C-e v R: Export commands. (line 18)
2008-01-31 05:32:20 -05:00
* C-c C-e x: XOXO export. (line 10)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-c C-f: Motion. (line 12)
* C-c C-j: Motion. (line 21)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* C-c C-l: Handling links. (line 25)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-c C-n: Motion. (line 8)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* C-c C-o <1>: Creating timestamps. (line 31)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* C-c C-o: Handling links. (line 58)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-c C-p: Motion. (line 9)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* C-c C-q <1>: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
(line 50)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-c C-q: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
(line 125)
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
* C-c C-r <1>: Editing and debugging formulas.
(line 53)
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
* C-c C-r: Visibility cycling. (line 34)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* C-c C-s <1>: Agenda commands. (line 153)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* C-c C-s: Inserting deadline/schedule.
(line 18)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* C-c C-t <1>: Clocking work time. (line 27)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-c C-t: TODO basics. (line 13)
* C-c C-u: Motion. (line 18)
2008-01-31 05:31:51 -05:00
* C-c C-v: TODO basics. (line 26)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* C-c C-w: Inserting deadline/schedule.
(line 11)
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
* C-c C-x b: Visibility cycling. (line 41)
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-a: ARCHIVE tag. (line 28)
2008-01-31 05:32:32 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-b: Checkboxes. (line 38)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-c: Agenda commands. (line 218)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-d: Clocking work time. (line 35)
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-i: Clocking work time. (line 12)
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-k: Structure editing. (line 39)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-l: Processing LaTeX fragments.
(line 9)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-n: Handling links. (line 91)
2008-01-31 05:32:03 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-o: Clocking work time. (line 14)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-p: Handling links. (line 91)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-r: Clocking work time. (line 43)
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-s: Moving subtrees. (line 10)
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-t: Custom time format. (line 12)
2008-01-31 05:32:08 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-u: Dynamic blocks. (line 21)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-w <1>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
(line 114)
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-w: Structure editing. (line 39)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-x: Clocking work time. (line 31)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-y <1>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
(line 118)
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* C-c C-x C-y: Structure editing. (line 46)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-c C-x M-w <1>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:33:09 -05:00
(line 111)
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* C-c C-x M-w: Structure editing. (line 43)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* C-c C-y <1>: Clocking work time. (line 22)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* C-c C-y: Creating timestamps. (line 48)
2008-01-31 05:31:15 -05:00
* C-c l: Handling links. (line 9)
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
* C-c { <1>: CDLaTeX mode. (line 21)
* C-c {: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
(line 33)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* C-c |: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:30:56 -05:00
(line 40)
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
* C-c }: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
(line 28)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* C-c ~: Cooperation. (line 48)
* C-k: Agenda commands. (line 115)
* C-S-<left>: Multiple sets in one file.
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
(line 25)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* C-S-<right>: Multiple sets in one file.
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
(line 25)
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
* C-TAB: ARCHIVE tag. (line 38)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* C-u C-c *: Updating the table. (line 16)
* C-u C-c .: Creating timestamps. (line 14)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* C-u C-c = <1>: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
(line 14)
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
* C-u C-c =: Field formulas. (line 24)
* C-u C-c C-c: Updating the table. (line 19)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* C-u C-c C-l: Handling links. (line 43)
2008-01-31 05:32:28 -05:00
* C-u C-c C-x C-a: ARCHIVE tag. (line 31)
2008-01-31 05:33:37 -05:00
* C-u C-c C-x C-s: Moving subtrees. (line 12)
2008-01-31 05:32:24 -05:00
* C-u C-c C-x C-u <1>: Dynamic blocks. (line 22)
2008-01-31 05:33:32 -05:00
* C-u C-c C-x C-u: Clocking work time. (line 70)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* C-u C-u C-c *: Updating the table. (line 22)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* C-u C-u C-c =: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
(line 18)
* C-x C-s: Editing and debugging formulas.
(line 46)
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
* C-x C-w <1>: Exporting Agenda Views.
(line 11)
* C-x C-w: Agenda commands. (line 227)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* D: Agenda commands. (line 72)
* d: Agenda commands. (line 69)
* f: Agenda commands. (line 42)
* g: Agenda commands. (line 76)
* H: Agenda commands. (line 215)
* i: Agenda commands. (line 196)
* I: Agenda commands. (line 176)
* l: Agenda commands. (line 55)
* L: Agenda commands. (line 30)
* M: Agenda commands. (line 202)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* M-<down> <1>: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
(line 76)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* M-<down>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
(line 80)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* M-<left> <1>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:30:56 -05:00
(line 72)
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* M-<left>: Structure editing. (line 21)
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* M-<RET> <1>: Plain lists. (line 49)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* M-<RET>: Structure editing. (line 6)
* M-<right> <1>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:30:56 -05:00
(line 72)
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* M-<right>: Structure editing. (line 24)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* M-<TAB> <1>: Completion. (line 10)
2008-01-31 05:29:47 -05:00
* M-<TAB> <2>: Setting tags. (line 6)
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
* M-<TAB> <3>: Per file keywords. (line 23)
2008-01-31 05:33:51 -05:00
* M-<TAB>: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
(line 64)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* M-<up> <1>: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
(line 76)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* M-<up>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
(line 80)
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
* M-S-<down> <1>: Editing and debugging formulas.
(line 72)
* M-S-<down> <2>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
(line 87)
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* M-S-<down> <3>: Plain lists. (line 66)
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* M-S-<down>: Structure editing. (line 36)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* M-S-<left> <1>: The date/time prompt.
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
(line 54)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* M-S-<left> <2>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
(line 74)
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* M-S-<left> <3>: Plain lists. (line 72)
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* M-S-<left>: Structure editing. (line 27)
2008-01-31 05:33:05 -05:00
* M-S-<RET> <1>: Checkboxes. (line 53)
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* M-S-<RET> <2>: Plain lists. (line 59)
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* M-S-<RET>: Structure editing. (line 18)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* M-S-<right> <1>: The date/time prompt.
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
(line 51)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* M-S-<right> <2>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
(line 77)
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* M-S-<right> <3>: Plain lists. (line 72)
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* M-S-<right>: Structure editing. (line 30)
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
* M-S-<up> <1>: Editing and debugging formulas.
(line 72)
* M-S-<up> <2>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
(line 84)
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* M-S-<up> <3>: Plain lists. (line 66)
2008-01-31 05:32:52 -05:00
* M-S-<up>: Structure editing. (line 33)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* mouse-1 <1>: Agenda commands. (line 33)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* mouse-1 <2>: The date/time prompt.
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
(line 36)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* mouse-1: Handling links. (line 72)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* mouse-2 <1>: Agenda commands. (line 33)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* mouse-2: Handling links. (line 72)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* mouse-3 <1>: Agenda commands. (line 28)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* mouse-3: Handling links. (line 77)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* n: Agenda commands. (line 19)
2008-01-31 05:33:26 -05:00
* O: Agenda commands. (line 180)
* o: Agenda commands. (line 65)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* P: Agenda commands. (line 140)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* p: Agenda commands. (line 20)
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
* q: Agenda commands. (line 238)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* r <1>: Agenda commands. (line 80)
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
* r: Global TODO list. (line 22)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* S: Agenda commands. (line 206)
* s: Agenda commands. (line 87)
* S-<down> <1>: Agenda commands. (line 149)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* S-<down> <2>: The date/time prompt.
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
(line 45)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* S-<down> <3>: Creating timestamps. (line 40)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* S-<down> <4>: Priorities. (line 23)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* S-<down> <5>: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
(line 67)
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* S-<down>: Plain lists. (line 62)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* S-<left> <1>: Agenda commands. (line 167)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* S-<left> <2>: The date/time prompt.
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
(line 42)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* S-<left> <3>: Creating timestamps. (line 35)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* S-<left> <4>: Multiple sets in one file.
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
(line 29)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* S-<left> <5>: TODO basics. (line 20)
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
* S-<left>: Editing and debugging formulas.
(line 67)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* S-<RET>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
(line 144)
* S-<right> <1>: Agenda commands. (line 159)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* S-<right> <2>: The date/time prompt.
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
(line 39)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* S-<right> <3>: Creating timestamps. (line 35)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* S-<right> <4>: Multiple sets in one file.
2008-01-31 05:34:14 -05:00
(line 29)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* S-<right> <5>: TODO basics. (line 20)
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
* S-<right>: Editing and debugging formulas.
(line 67)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00
* S-<TAB> <1>: Built-in table editor.
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
(line 59)
2008-01-31 05:31:37 -05:00
* S-<TAB>: Visibility cycling. (line 22)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* S-<up> <1>: Agenda commands. (line 143)
2008-01-31 05:32:45 -05:00
* S-<up> <2>: The date/time prompt.
2008-01-31 05:33:55 -05:00
(line 48)
2008-01-31 05:34:38 -05:00
* S-<up> <3>: Creating timestamps. (line 40)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* S-<up> <4>: Priorities. (line 23)
2008-01-31 05:33:46 -05:00
* S-<up> <5>: Editing and debugging formulas.
2008-01-31 05:34:04 -05:00
(line 67)
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
* S-<up>: Plain lists. (line 62)
2008-01-31 05:34:09 -05:00
* T: Agenda commands. (line 124)
* t: Agenda commands. (line 111)
* w: Agenda commands. (line 66)
2008-01-31 05:34:34 -05:00
* x: Agenda commands. (line 239)
2008-01-31 05:33:26 -05:00
* X: Agenda commands. (line 183)
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

Tag Table:
2008-01-31 05:33:41 -05:00
Node: Top970
2008-01-31 05:34:46 -05:00
Node: Introduction11743
Node: Summary12158
Node: Installation15167
Node: Activation16545
Node: Feedback17794
Node: Document structure19870
Node: Outlines20644
Node: Headlines21304
Ref: Headlines-Footnote-122312
Node: Visibility cycling22411
Ref: Visibility cycling-Footnote-124621
Ref: Visibility cycling-Footnote-224679
Ref: Visibility cycling-Footnote-324729
Node: Motion24999
Node: Structure editing25953
Node: Archiving28779
Node: ARCHIVE tag29337
Node: Moving subtrees31130
Node: Sparse trees32441
Ref: Sparse trees-Footnote-134573
Ref: Sparse trees-Footnote-234755
Node: Plain lists34870
2008-01-31 05:34:50 -05:00
Ref: Plain lists-Footnote-138868
Ref: Plain lists-Footnote-239226
Node: Tables39407
Node: Built-in table editor39988
Node: Narrow columns47227
Ref: Narrow columns-Footnote-149162
Node: Column groups49208
Node: orgtbl-mode50741
Node: The spreadsheet51544
Node: References52631
Ref: References-Footnote-156760
Node: Formula syntax for Calc57049
Node: Formula syntax for Lisp59506
Node: Field formulas61224
Node: Column formulas62532
Node: Editing and debugging formulas64131
Node: Updating the table68284
Node: Advanced features69319
Node: Hyperlinks73844
Node: Link format74617
Node: Internal links75910
Ref: Internal links-Footnote-177835
Node: Radio targets77970
Node: External links78661
Node: Handling links81065
Ref: Handling links-Footnote-186352
Ref: Handling links-Footnote-286589
Node: Link abbreviations86663
Node: Search options88342
Ref: Search options-Footnote-190122
Node: Custom searches90203
Node: Remember91251
Node: Setting up remember92238
Node: Remember templates92820
Ref: Remember templates-Footnote-196112
Node: Storing notes96210
Node: TODO items98097
Node: TODO basics99074
Node: TODO extensions100771
Node: Workflow states101590
Ref: Workflow states-Footnote-1102765
Node: TODO types102858
Ref: TODO types-Footnote-1104441
Node: Multiple sets in one file104523
Node: Per file keywords106134
Ref: Per file keywords-Footnote-1107423
Node: Priorities107624
Node: Breaking down tasks109234
Ref: Breaking down tasks-Footnote-1109754
Node: Checkboxes109850
Node: Tags112605
Node: Tag inheritance113365
Node: Setting tags114302
Ref: Setting tags-Footnote-1118825
Ref: Setting tags-Footnote-2118937
Node: Tag searches119020
Node: Timestamps121731
Node: Time stamps122174
Ref: Time stamps-Footnote-1124602
Node: Creating timestamps124718
Node: The date/time prompt126792
Ref: The date/time prompt-Footnote-1128780
Node: Custom time format128886
Node: Deadlines and scheduling130578
Ref: Deadlines and scheduling-Footnote-1131928
Node: Inserting deadline/schedule132083
Node: Repeated tasks133021
Node: Progress logging134660
Node: Closing items135315
Ref: Closing items-Footnote-1136249
Ref: Closing items-Footnote-2136318
Node: Tracking TODO state changes136391
Node: Clocking work time137247
Ref: Clocking work time-Footnote-1140893
Ref: Clocking work time-Footnote-2140971
Node: Agenda views141097
Node: Agenda files143048
Ref: Agenda files-Footnote-1144014
Ref: Agenda files-Footnote-2144163
Node: Agenda dispatcher144356
Node: Built-in agenda views146047
Node: Weekly/Daily agenda146625
Node: Global TODO list149566
Node: Matching headline tags151838
Node: Timeline152909
Node: Stuck projects153575
Node: Presentation and sorting155426
Node: Categories156217
Node: Time-of-day specifications156881
Node: Sorting of agenda items158852
Node: Agenda commands160134
Node: Custom agenda views167288
Node: Storing searches168007
Node: Block agenda169919
Node: Setting Options171149
Node: Exporting Agenda Views173888
Ref: Exporting Agenda Views-Footnote-1178172
Ref: Exporting Agenda Views-Footnote-2178229
Node: Extracting Agenda Information for other programs178415
Node: Embedded LaTeX182541
Ref: Embedded LaTeX-Footnote-1183633
Node: Math symbols183823
Node: Subscripts and Superscripts184588
Node: LaTeX fragments185432
Ref: LaTeX fragments-Footnote-1187666
Node: Processing LaTeX fragments187928
Node: CDLaTeX mode188874
Ref: CDLaTeX mode-Footnote-1191358
Node: Exporting191506
Node: ASCII export192820
Node: HTML export194110
Node: Export commands194729
Node: Quoting HTML tags195973
Node: Links196603
Node: Images197300
Ref: Images-Footnote-1198171
Node: CSS support198232
Ref: CSS support-Footnote-1199551
Node: XOXO export199664
Node: iCalendar export200103
Node: Text interpretation201322
Node: Comment lines201913
Node: Initial text202308
Node: Footnotes203977
Node: Enhancing text204792
Ref: Enhancing text-Footnote-1206651
Node: Export options206741
2008-01-31 05:34:55 -05:00
Node: Publishing208686
Ref: Publishing-Footnote-1209482
Node: Configuration209678
Node: Project alist210396
Node: Sources and destinations211462
Node: Selecting files212192
Node: Publishing action212940
Node: Publishing options214173
Node: Publishing links216325
Node: Project page index217838
Node: Sample configuration218616
Node: Simple example219108
Node: Complex example219781
Node: Triggering publication221857
Node: Miscellaneous222542
Node: Completion223176
Node: Customization224647
Node: In-buffer settings225230
Node: The very busy C-c C-c key230106
Node: Clean view231750
Node: TTY keys234327
Node: Interaction235937
Node: Cooperation236334
Node: Conflicts239210
Node: Bugs241213
Node: Extensions and Hacking242709
Node: Extensions243305
Node: Tables in arbitrary syntax245252
Node: Radio tables246329
Node: A LaTeX example248832
Ref: A LaTeX example-Footnote-1252478
Ref: A LaTeX example-Footnote-2252626
Node: Translator functions253061
Ref: Translator functions-Footnote-1256170
Node: Dynamic blocks256258
Node: Special agenda views258230
Ref: Special agenda views-Footnote-1260509
Node: History and Acknowledgments260769
Node: Index266863
Node: Key Index299090
2008-01-31 04:30:03 -05:00

End Tag Table